Revision as of 01:48, 19 September 2008 edit203.189.4.112 (talk)No edit summary← Previous edit | Latest revision as of 10:31, 22 December 2024 edit undo2607:fea8:e09d:c410:1db4:fcab:b629:163c (talk)No edit summaryTags: Visual edit Mobile edit Mobile web edit | ||
Line 1: | Line 1: | ||
{{short description|Existence of multiple cultural traditions within a single country}} | |||
], ]. Four identical sculptures are located in ], ]; ], ]; ], ]; and ], ].]] | |||
{{Distinguish|Polyculturalism}} | |||
{{Refimprove|date=March 2008}} | |||
{{Use dmy dates|date=February 2024}} | |||
], Canada. Four identical sculptures are located in ], in ] (China), in ] (]), and in ] (Australia).|alt=]] | |||
{{Discrimination sidebar|Related}} | |||
'''''Multiculturalism''''' is the coexistence of multiple cultures. The word is used in sociology, in ], and colloquially. In sociology and everyday usage, it is usually a synonym for '']'' or ]<ref>{{cite book |doi=10.1002/9780470373699.speced1627 |chapter=Pluralism, Cultural |title=Encyclopedia of Special Education |year=2008 |pages=1591–1592 |publisher=Wiley |isbn=978-0-470-37369-9 |editor1-last=Reynolds |editor1-first=Cecil R. |editor2-last=Fletcher-Janzen |editor2-first=Elaine }}</ref> in which various ethnic and cultural groups exist in a single society. It can describe a mixed ethnic community area where multiple cultural traditions exist (such as ], ], ], ], or ]) or a single country (such as Switzerland, Belgium, Singapore or Russia). Groups associated with an ], aboriginal or ] ethnic group and settler-descended ethnic groups are often the focus.<ref name="metafizika journal">{{cite journal |last1=Gasimova|first1=Narmina|date=15 December 2022 |title=Multiculturalism as the main philosophical concept in the social development of modern society|url=http://metafizikajurnali.az/storage/images/site/files/Metafizika-20/Metafizika.Vol.5%2CNo.4%2CSerial.20%2Cpp.77-87.pdf |journal=] |language=az |volume=5 |issue=4 |pages=77–87 |issn=2616-6879 |eissn=2617-751X |oclc=1117709579 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20221110181145/https://metafizikajurnali.az/storage/images/site/files/Metafizika-20/Metafizika.Vol.5,No.4,Serial.20,pp.77-87.pdf |archive-date=10 November 2022 |access-date=14 October 2022}}</ref> | |||
In reference to sociology, multiculturalism is the end-state of either a natural or artificial process (for example: legally controlled immigration) and occurs on either a large national scale or on a smaller scale within a nation's communities. On a smaller scale this can occur artificially when a jurisdiction is established or expanded by amalgamating areas with two or more different cultures (e.g. ] and ]). On a large scale, it can occur as a result of either legal or illegal migration to and from different jurisdictions around the world. | |||
The term '''multiculturalism''' generally refers to a state of ], ] and ] ] within the ] of a specified place, usually at the scale of an organization such as a ], ], ], ] or ]. | |||
In reference to political science, ''multiculturalism'' can be defined as a state's capacity to effectively and efficiently deal with cultural plurality within its sovereign borders. Multiculturalism as a political philosophy involves ideologies and policies which vary widely.<ref name="Harper2011">{{cite book|author= Thomas L. Harper|title= Dialogues in urban and regional planning|url= https://books.google.com/books?id=7mZOF_gFhfYC&pg=PA50|date= 13 January 2011|publisher= Taylor & Francis|isbn= 978-0-415-59334-2|page= 50}}</ref> It has been described as a "]" and as a "]",<ref>{{cite book|url= https://books.google.com/books?id=cAg_jwEACAAJ |page= 31|title= Guide to Western Canada|edition= 7th|first1= Ann Carroll|last1= Burgess|first2= Tom |last2= Burgess|publisher= Globe Pequot Press|year= 2005|isbn= 978-0-7627-2987-6|access-date = 16 January 2011}}</ref> in contrast to a "]".<ref>{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=lazWAQAAQBAJ&q=melting+pot+around+the+world&pg=PA111|title=Encyclopedia of National Dress: Traditional Clothing around the World |first=Jill|last=Condra|date=9 April 2013|publisher=ABC-CLIO|page=111|isbn=9780313376375}}</ref> | |||
Some countries have official, or ] ] of multiculturalism aimed at recognizing, celebrating and maintaining the different ]s or cultural identities within that ] to promote social cohesion. In this context, multiculturalism advocates a society that extends equitable status to distinct cultural and ] groups, with no one culture predominating. | |||
==Prevalence== | |||
==Multiculturalism in contemporary Eastern societies== | |||
=== |
===History=== | ||
States that embody multicultural ideals have arguably existed since ancient times. The ] founded by ] followed a policy of incorporating and tolerating various cultures.<ref>{{cite journal |last1=Menek |first1=İbrahim Halil |title=A HISTORICAL EXAMPLE OF MULTICULTURALISM: ACHAEMENID EMPIRE MULTICULTURALISM |journal=Gaziantep Üniversitesi İktisadi ve İdari Bilimler Fakültesi Dergisi |date=26 May 2020 |volume=2 |issue=1 |pages=118–138 |url=https://dergipark.org.tr/en/pub/gauniibf/issue/54503/626711 |language=en |issn=2651-267X}}</ref> | |||
According to many scholars, ] is the most culturally, johnsily, linguistically and genetically diverse geographical entity after the African continent<ref> ''United States Library of Congress, Note on Ethnic groups''</ref>. India's democratic republic is premised on a national belief in pluralism, not the standard nationalist invocation of a shared history, a single language and an assimilationist culture.<ref>"," BBC.</ref> State boundaries in India are mostly drawn on linguistic lines.<ref></ref> In addition India is also one of the most religiously diverse countries in the world, with significant ] (80.5%) , ] (13.4%), ] (2.3%), ] (2.1%), ], ] and ] populations.<ref></ref> Cities like ] in ] display high levels of multilingualism and multiculturalism, spurred by political integration after independence and migration from rural areas. | |||
] map of ]]] | |||
A historical example of multiculturalism was the ], which had broken up in 1918 and under whose roof many different ethnic, linguistic and religious groups lived together. The Habsburg rule was mired in controversy, including events such as the ] in 1764 and the destruction of Romanian ] Churches and Monasteries in ] by Adolf Nikolaus von Buccow.<ref>Georges Castellan, A History of the Romanians, Boulder: East European Monographs, 1989, p. 109. ISBN 0880331542</ref> Both events had happened during the rule of ]. Today's topical issues such as social and cultural differentiation, multilingualism, competing identity offers or multiple cultural identities have already shaped the scientific theories of many thinkers of this multi-ethnic empire.<ref>Doris Griesser "Denkanstöße aus der Multikulti-Monarchie" in: Standard, 3 July 2012; Pieter M. Judson "The Habsburg Empire. A New History" (Harvard 2016); Christopher Clark "The Sleepwalkers" (New York 2012).</ref> After the First World War, ethnic minorities were disadvantaged, forced to emigrate or even murdered in most regions in the area of the former Habsburg monarchy due to the prevailing nationalism at the time. In many areas, these ethnic mosaics no longer exist today. The ethnic mix of that time can only be experienced in a few areas, such as in the former Habsburg port city of ].<ref>Patricia Engelhorn "Wie Wien mit Meersicht: Ein Tag in der Hafenstadt Triest" In: NZZ 15 February 2020.</ref> | |||
===Indonesia=== | |||
There are more than 700 living languages spoken in Indonesia<ref></ref> and although predominantly Muslim the country also has large Christian and Hindu populations. Indonesia's national motto, "Bhinneka tunggal ika" ("Unity in Diversity" lit. "many, yet one"), articulates the diversity that shapes the country. Due to migration within Indonesia (as part of government ]s or otherwise), there are significant populations of ethic groups who reside outside of their traditional regions. Soon after ] came into power in 1999, he quickly abolished some of the discriminatory laws in efforts to improve race relationships. ]s are now in the era of rediscovery. Many younger generations, who cannot speak Mandarin due to the ban decades earlier, choose to learn Mandarin, as many learning centers open throughout the country. The ] was the site of some of the worst violence between ] and ] groups that gripped the ] between 1999 and 2002.<ref>, BBC News</ref> | |||
In the ] of multiculturalism, ideas are focused on the ways in which societies are either believed to or should, respond to cultural and Christian differences. It is often associated with "identity politics", "the politics of difference", and "the politics of recognition". It is also a matter of economic interests and political power.<ref> – Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy</ref> In more recent times political multiculturalist ideologies have been expanding in their use to include and define disadvantaged groups such as African Americans and the ] community, with arguments often focusing on ethnic and religious minorities, minority nations, ] and even people with disabilities. It is within this context in which the term is most commonly understood and the broadness and scope of the definition, as well as its practical use, has been the subject of serious debate. | |||
===Singapore=== | |||
Singapore recognizes three other languages, namely, ], ] and ] as its official languages, with ] being the national language. Apart from languages, Singapore also celebrates festivals celebrated by these three ethnic communities. | |||
Most debates over multiculturalism center around whether or not multiculturalism is the appropriate way to deal with diversity and immigrant integration. The arguments regarding the perceived rights to a multicultural education include the proposition that it acts as a way to demand recognition of aspects of a group's culture subordination and its entire experience in contrast to a melting pot or non-multicultural societies. | |||
===Malaysia=== | |||
] is a multiethnic country, with ]s making up the majority, close to 52% of the population. About 30% of the population are ]. ] comprise about 8% of the population. The ] or NEP serves as a form of affirmative action (see ]).<ref>, BBC News</ref> It promotes structural changes in various aspects of life from education to economic to social integration. Born after the ]s of 1969, it sought to address the significant imbalance in the economic sphere where the minority ] population had substantial control over commercial activity in the country. 99% of ] directors are Malays, only 3% of Petronas employees are ], only 5% of all new intakes for government army, nurses, polices, are non-Malays, just 7% of government servants in the whole government are ethnic Chinese (2004), drop from 30% in 1960, and 95% of all government contracts are given to Malays.<ref></ref> | |||
The term multiculturalism is most often used in reference to Western nation-states, which had seemingly achieved a de facto single national identity during the 18th and/or 19th centuries.<ref name="ZarateLevy2011">{{cite book|author1=Geneviève Zarate|author2=Danielle Levy|author3=Claire Kramsch|title=Handbook of Multilingualism and Multiculturalism|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=DYL4_6SvxewC&pg=PA377|date=19 April 2011|publisher=Archives contemporaines|isbn=978-2-8130-0039-2|page=377}}</ref> | |||
===Japan=== | |||
Multiculturalism has been official policy in several ] since the 1970s, for reasons that varied from country to country,<ref>{{cite web|url=http://www.unesco.org/most/pp4.htm |title=Policy Paper no. 4 – Multiculturalism: New Policy Responses to Diversity |publisher=Unesco.org |access-date=10 December 2010}}</ref><ref>{{cite web |url=http://www.pch.gc.ca/pgm/ai-ia/rir-iro/gbll/divers/index-eng.cfm |title=Multiculturalism in Canada |publisher=Pch.gc.ca |date=9 April 2009 |access-date=10 December 2010 |archive-date=10 June 2011 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110610171748/http://www.pch.gc.ca/pgm/ai-ia/rir-iro/gbll/divers/index-eng.cfm |url-status=dead }}</ref><ref>{{cite web |url=http://www4.gu.edu.au/ext/civics/cv02/mod03/cv02m03t02.htm |title=Immigration and Multiculturalism |publisher=.gu.edu.au |access-date=10 December 2010 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110219034150/http://www4.gu.edu.au/ext/civics/cv02/mod03/cv02m03t02.htm |archive-date=19 February 2011 }}</ref> including the fact that many of the great cities of the Western world are increasingly made of a mosaic of cultures.<ref>{{cite web |url=http://www.unu.edu/dialogue/papers/claval-s2.pdf |title=Multiculturalism and the Dynamics of Modern Civilizations |access-date=10 December 2010 |archive-date=2 June 2010 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20100602064848/http://www.unu.edu/dialogue/papers/claval-s2.pdf |url-status=dead }}</ref> | |||
], with its ideology of homogenity, has traditionally been ] of ethnic and other differences.<ref></ref> People identified as different might be considered "polluted" — the category applied historically to the ] of Japan, particularly the hisabetsu buraku, "discriminated communities," often called ], a term some find offensive — and thus not suitable as marriage partners or employees.<ref></ref> Men or women of ], those with family histories of certain diseases, and ], and members of ] faced ] in a variety of forms. In 2005, a ] report expressed concerns about ] in Japan and that government recognition of the depth of the problem was not total.<ref>{{cite web|url=http://www.unic.or.jp/new/pr05-057-E.htm |title=Press Conference by Mr Doudou Diène, Special Rapporteur of the Commission on Human Rights |accessdate=2007-01-05}}</ref><ref name="BBC"> ] (]). Retrieved on ].</ref> The author of the report, ] (] of the ]), concluded after a nine-day investigation that racial discrimination and xenophobia in Japan primarily affects three groups: ], ], mainly ], and foreigners from other Asian countries.<ref> {{cite web |url=http://www.imadr.org/geneva/2006/G0610396.pdf |title='Overcoming "Marginalization" and "Invisibility"', International Movement against all forms of Discrimination and Racism |accessdate=2007-01-05}}</ref> | |||
The Canadian government has often been described as the instigator of multicultural ideology because of its public emphasis on the social importance of immigration.<ref>{{cite journal|doi=10.1163/15718119720907408|title=Immigration, Multiculturalism and National Identity in Canada|journal= International Journal of Group Rights|first=Shara|last=Wayland|year=1997|volume=5|issue=1|pages= 33–58}}</ref><ref>{{Cite news|url=http://news.nationalpost.com/full-comment/ujjal-dosanjh-by-silencing-white-men-canada-cant-have-an-honest-debate-about-equality-race-and-culture|title=Ujjal Dosanjh: By silencing white men, Canada can't have an honest debate about equality, race and culture|date=4 January 2016|newspaper=National Post|access-date=16 January 2017}}</ref> The Canadian ] is often referred to as the origins of modern political awareness of multiculturalism.<ref name="II2010.">{{cite book|author=Ronald L. Jackson, II|title=Encyclopedia of Identity|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=C2WmSCOBR2IC&pg=PA480|date=29 June 2010|publisher=SAGE|isbn=978-1-4129-5153-1|page=480}}</ref> Canada has provided provisions to the French speaking majority of Quebec, whereby they function as an autonomous community with special rights to govern the members of their community, as well as establish French as one of the official languages. In the Western English-speaking countries, multiculturalism as an official national policy started in Canada in 1971, followed by Australia in 1973 where it is maintained today.<ref name="Reference">{{cite web |url=http://australia.gov.au/about-australia/our-country |title=About Australia: Our Country |publisher=australia.gov.au |access-date=25 October 2013 |archive-date=27 February 2012 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120227080043/http://australia.gov.au/about-australia/our-country |url-status=dead }}</ref><ref name="ReferenceA">{{cite web |url=http://www.dfat.gov.au/facts/people_culture.html |title=About Australia: People, culture and lifestyle |publisher=Dfat.gov.au |access-date=25 October 2013 |archive-date=12 May 2012 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120512195954/http://dfat.gov.au/facts/people_culture.html |url-status=dead }}</ref><ref name="hon-tony">{{cite web|title=The Hon. Tony Abbott MP Press Release - A Team to Build a Stronger Australia |website= Liberal Party of Australia |date=2013-09-16 |url=http://www.liberal.org.au/latest-news/2013/09/16/hon-tony-abbott-mp-press-release-team-build-stronger-australia|publisher=liberal.org.au|url-status=dead|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20131106010039/http://www.liberal.org.au/latest-news/2013/09/16/hon-tony-abbott-mp-press-release-team-build-stronger-australia|archive-date=6 November 2013}}</ref><ref name="policy">{{cite web|title=The People of Australia – Australia's Multicultural Policy|url=http://www.immi.gov.au/media/publications/multicultural/pdf_doc/people-of-australia-multicultural-policy-booklet.pdf|publisher=Department of Immigration and Citizenship|access-date=14 November 2013|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20140212145223/https://www.immi.gov.au/media/publications/multicultural/pdf_doc/people-of-australia-multicultural-policy-booklet.pdf|archive-date=12 February 2014|url-status=dead}}</ref> It was quickly adopted as official policy by most member-states of the ]. Recently, right-of-center governments in several European states – notably the ] and ] – have reversed the national policy and returned to an official monoculturalism.<ref name = Bissoondath>Bissoondath, Neil. 2002. ''Selling Illusions: The Myth of Multiculturalism''. Toronto: Penguin. {{ISBN|978-0-14-100676-5}}.</ref> A similar reversal is the subject of debate in the United Kingdom, among others, due to evidence of incipient segregation and anxieties over "home-grown" ].<ref>. workpermit.com. News. 26 April 2005. Retrieved: 21 October 2007.</ref> Several heads-of-state or heads-of-government have expressed doubts about the success of multicultural policies: The United Kingdom's ex-Prime Minister ], German ] ], Australia's ex-prime minister ], Spanish ex-prime minister ] and French ex-president ] have voiced concerns about the effectiveness of their multicultural policies for integrating immigrants.<ref name="PeskinWehrle2011">{{cite book|author1=Lawrence A. Peskin|author2=Edmund F. Wehrle|title=America and the World: Culture, Commerce, Conflict|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=KTezRgjW5osC&pg=PA262|access-date=31 January 2012|date=17 November 2011|publisher=JHU Press|isbn=978-1-4214-0296-3|pages=262–}}</ref><ref>{{cite news |last=Heneghan |first=Tom |date=11 February 2011 |title=Sarkozy joins allies burying multiculturalism |url=https://www.reuters.com/article/us-france-sarkozy-multiculturalism-idUSTRE71A4UP20110211 |work=Reuters|access-date=2 November 2019}}</ref> | |||
] accepted just 16 ] in 1999, while the ] took in 85,010 for resettlement, according to the UNHCR. ], which is smaller than Japan, accepted 1,140 refugees in 1999. Just 305 persons were recognized as refugees by Japan from 1981, when Japan ratified the ] ], to 2002.<ref></ref><ref></ref> Japanese Minister ] has called Japan a “one race” nation.<ref></ref> | |||
Many nation-states in Africa, Asia, and the Americas are culturally diverse and are 'multicultural' in a descriptive sense. In some, ethnic communalism is a major political issue. The policies adopted by these states often have parallels with multiculturalist policies in the Western world, but the historical background is different, and the goal may be a mono-cultural or ] ] – for instance in the Malaysian government's attempt to create a 'Malaysian race' by 2020.<ref>]: '''', 3 April 2003.</ref> | |||
===South Korea=== | |||
] is among the world's most ethnically homogeneous nations<ref></ref> having been virtually isolated from the outside world until the 20th century. Historically, the country has tried hard to keep interaction between Koreans and non-Koreans as minimal as possible, forming a very distinct society. Koreans have traditionally valued an "unmixed blood" as the most important feature of Korean identity, often more important than their own lives. During periods of invasions, many Korean women killed themselves when they were made pregnant by a foreigner, as otherwise, it would dilute the "Korean blood". While not as extreme as in the past, to this date, most Koreans tend to equate ] or ] with membership in a single, homogeneous ] sharing the same "blood" and history. A common language and culture are also viewed as important elements in Korean identity. | |||
===Support=== | |||
Those who do not share such features are often rejected by the Korean society or face discrimination. This includes Koreans themselves who may not share one of the elements of Korean identity. For example, Koreans brought up overseas often face discrimination by Koreans living in South Korea upon their return who may not speak the language properly or have developed a different culture. North Koreans who immigrated to South Korea, despite sharing the same Korean blood and history, face discrimination as they do not share all of the elements of Korean identity, such as speaking the Korean language with an accent. Even South Koreans brought up In rural areas who speak with an accent, face some form of discrimination by those in the cities of South Korea. Racial discrimination is not uncommon in South Korea and is sometimes seen as socially acceptable among South Koreans which is an illegal act in Western countries. | |||
] have been able to achieve a high ] in ], ], ], US, known as ''Little Bombay'',<ref>Kiniry, Laura. "Moon Handbooks New Jersey", Avalon Travel Publishing, 2006. pg. 34 {{ISBN|1-56691-949-5}}</ref> home to the highest concentration of Asian Indians in the ]<ref>{{cite news|url=http://www.jerseycityindependent.com/2014/04/neighborhood-spotlight-journal-square/|title=Neighborhood Spotlight: Journal Square|author=Laryssa Wirstiuk|newspaper=Jersey City Independent|date=21 April 2014|access-date=26 December 2014|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180630085618/http://www.jerseycityindependent.com/2014/04/neighborhood-spotlight-journal-square/|archive-date=30 June 2018|url-status=dead}}</ref> and one of at least 24 ] characterized as a ''Little India'' which have emerged within the New York City Metropolitan Area, with the largest metropolitan Indian population outside Asia, as large-scale immigration from India continues into New York City,<ref name=Immigrants2014est>{{cite web|url=https://www.dhs.gov/sites/default/files/publications/immsuptable2d_5.xls|title=Supplemental Table 2. Persons Obtaining Lawful Permanent Resident Status by Leading Core Based Statistical Areas (CBSAs) of Residence and Region and Country of Birth: Fiscal Year 2014|publisher=U.S. Department of Homeland Security |access-date=1 June 2016}}</ref><ref name=Immigrants2013est>{{cite web |url=https://www.dhs.gov/sites/default/files/publications/immigration-statistics/yearbook/2013/LPR/immsuptable2d.xls |title=Yearbook of Immigration Statistics: 2013 Supplemental Table 2 |publisher=U.S. Department of Homeland Security |access-date=2 July 2017}}</ref> through the support of the surrounding community.]] | |||
Multiculturalism is seen by its supporters as a fairer system that allows people to truly express who they are within a society, that is more tolerant and that adapts better to social issues.<ref>{{cite news|url=https://www.theguardian.com/commentisfree/2010/mar/22/multiculturalism-blame-culture-segregation |title=Guardian.co.uk |newspaper=The Guardian |date=22 March 2010 |access-date=10 December 2010 |location=London |first=Antony |last=Lerman}}</ref> They argue that culture is not one definable thing based on one race or religion, but rather the result of multiple factors that change as the world changes. | |||
The idea of multiracial or multiethnic nations, like ] or the ], is opposed in general and strikes many Koreans as odd or even contradictory. Relationships between a Korean and non-Korean is seen skeptical by some South Koreans and often rejected. In particular, marriage or even a friendship between a Korean and Japanese is seen as completely unacceptable in the Korean society due to strong ]. The term "Kosian", referring to someone who has a Korean father and a non-Korean mother, is considered offensive by some who prefer to identify themselves or their children as Korean.<ref></ref><ref>{{cite web|url=http://news.naver.com/news/read.php?mode=LSS2D&office_id=079&article_id=0000076691§ion_id=102§ion_id2=257&menu_id=102 |title=" '???'(Kosian) ?? ??! (Do not use Kosian)"|work=Naver news (Korean language) February 23 2006|accessdate=2006-03-04}} See English-language reaction on </ref> Moreover, the Korean office of ] has claimed that the word "Kosian" represents racial discrimination.<ref>"," AMNESTY Internation South Korea Section, 2006, 07.</ref> According to ], there are approximately 30,000 Kosians in South Korea.<ref>{{cite web|url=http://times.hankooki.com/lpage/nation/200602/kt2006020917515310510.htm|title=Ward's Win Brings 'Race' to the Fore|work=Korea Times February 9 2006|accessdate=2006-03-04}}</ref> Kosian children, like those of other mixed-race backgrounds in Korea, often face discrimination.<ref>{{cite web|url=http://english.yna.co.kr/Engnews/20060212/480100000020060212100027E2.html|title=For mixed-race children in Korea, happiness is too far away|work=Yonhap News|accessdate=2006-03-04}}</ref> | |||
Historically, support for modern multiculturalism stems from the changes in Western societies after World War II, in what Susanne Wessendorf calls the "human rights revolution", in which the horrors of institutionalized racism and ] became almost impossible to ignore in the wake of the ]; with the collapse of the ], as colonized nations in Africa and ] successfully ] and pointed out the discriminatory underpinnings of the colonial system; and, in the United States in particular, with the rise of the ], which criticized ideals of ] that often led to prejudices against those who did not act according to Anglo-American standards and which led to the development of academic ] programs as a way to counteract the neglect of contributions by racial minorities in classrooms.<ref>Susanne Wessendorf, ''The multiculturalism backlash: European discourses, policies and practices'', p. 35; accessed through Google Books, 12 February 2011.</ref><ref>Paul C. Gorski, , EdChange.org, November 1999; accessed 12 February 2011.</ref> As this history shows, multiculturalism in Western countries was seen to combat racism, to protect minority communities of all types, and to undo policies that had prevented minorities from having full access to the opportunities for freedom and equality promised by the liberalism that has been the hallmark of Western societies since the ]. The ] in sociology is a well-documented phenomenon in which cooperative interactions with those from a different group than one's own reduce prejudice and inter-group hostility. | |||
===Multiculturalism and Islam in the West=== | |||
There is a developing distaste toward the idea and policies of multiculturalism in Europe, especially, as stated earlier, in the ], ], ] and ].{{Fact|date=June 2007}} The belief behind this backlash on multiculturalism is that it creates friction within society. | |||
] argues for "group differentiated rights", that help both religious and cultural minorities operate within the larger state as a whole, without impinging on the rights of the larger society. He bases this on his opinion that human rights fall short in protecting the rights of minorities, as the state has no stake in protecting the minorities.<ref>{{cite book |doi=10.1093/0198290918.003.0006 |chapter=Justice and Minority Rights |title=Multicultural Citizenship |year=1996 |last1=Kymlicka |first1=Will |pages=107–130 |publisher=Oxford University Press |isbn=9780198290919 }}</ref> | |||
Incompatibility with secular society,<ref name="Modood">{{cite book | title=Multiculturalism, Muslims and Citizenship: A European Approach | author=Tariq Modood | publisher=Routledge | edition=1st |date=2006-04-06| isbn=978-0415355155 | pages=3, 29, 46}}</ref> has been influenced by a stance against multiculturalism advocated by recent philosophers, closely linked to the heritage of ]. Fiery polemic on the subject by proponents like ],<ref>] - originally appeared in German in the online magazine Perlentaucher on January 24, 2007.</ref> and Paul Cliteur has kindled international debate.<ref>Paul Cliteur, Moderne Papoea’s, Dilemma’s van een multiculturele samenleving, De Uitgeverspers, 2002, </ref> They hold multiculturalism to be an invention of an enlightened elite who deny the benefits of democratic rights to the rest of humanity by chaining people to their roots. They claim this allows Islam free rein to propagate abuses such as the mistreatment of ] and ], and in some countries ]. They also claim multiculturalism allows freedom of religion<ref>Pascal Bruckner - A reply to ] and ], "At the heart of the issue is the fact that in certain countries Islam is becoming Europe's second religion. As such, its adherents are entitled to freedom of religion, to decent locations and to all of our respect. On the condition, that is, that they themselves respect the rules of our republican, secular culture, and that they do not demand a status of extraterritoriality that is denied other religions, or claim special rights and prerogatives"</ref> to exceed the realms of personal religious experience<ref>Pascal Bruckner - A reply to ] and ]: | |||
"It's so true that many English, Dutch and German politicians, shocked by the excesses that the wearing of the Islamic veil has given way to, now envisage similar legislation curbing religious symbols in public space. The separation of the spiritual and corporeal domains must be strictly maintained, and belief must confine itself to the private realm."</ref> and to organize towards ] seeking moral and political influence that opposes European secular or Christian values. | |||
C. James Trotman argues that multiculturalism is valuable because it "uses several disciplines to highlight neglected aspects of our social history, particularly the histories of women and minorities promotes respect for the dignity of the lives and voices of the forgotten.<ref name="Trotman2002">{{cite book|author=C. James Trotman|title=Multiculturalism: roots and realities|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=ht8UKlutUaMC&pg=PR9|access-date=29 January 2012|year=2002|publisher=Indiana University Press|isbn=978-0-253-34002-3|pages=9–10}}</ref> By closing gaps, by raising consciousness about the past, multiculturalism tries to restore a sense of wholeness in a ] era that fragments human life and thought."<ref name="Trotman2002"/> | |||
In Canada, the possible introduction of ] family courts became a contentious issue, and received much media attention.<ref>, ''BBC News'', 26 August 2004.</ref><ref>Richard Fidler, 2006. </ref> | |||
] argues that in the early years of the 21st century, multiculturalism "is most timely and necessary, and we need more not less", since it is "the form of integration" that (1) best fits the ideal of ], (2) has "the best chance of succeeding" in the "post-], post ]" world, and (3) has remained "moderate pragmatic".<ref name="Modood2007">{{cite book|author=Tariq Modood|title=Multiculturalism: a civic idea|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=hlEMZuPhpWQC&pg=PA14|year=2007|publisher=Polity|isbn=978-0-7456-3288-9|page=14}}</ref> | |||
From the late 1990s multiculturalism came under sustained intellectual attack in Western Europe largely, but not exclusively, from the ].{{Fact|date=August 2007}} The reaction was more vehement than in North America, since it was associated with several other factors - the return of explicit ] as a political force, the revival of national identity, the rise of ], and concerns about ] in Europe. The period saw the rise of anti-immigrant ] in Europe, which was uniformly, sometimes fanatically, hostile to multiculturalism. The debate became increasingly polarised, and increasingly associated with Islam and ].{{Fact|date=August 2007}} The multiculturalism issue merged with the ] policy issue. The most extreme rejection of multiculturalism comes from supporters of the ] concept. | |||
] counters what he sees as the tendencies to equate multiculturalism with racial minorities "demanding special rights" and to see these as promoting a "thinly veiled racis". Instead, he argues that multiculturalism is in fact "not about minorities" but "is about the proper terms of the relationship between different cultural communities", which means that the standards by which the communities resolve their differences, e.g., "the principles of justice" must not come from only one of the cultures but must come "through an open and equal dialogue between them."<ref>{{cite book|last=Parekh|first=Bhikhu C.|title=Rethinking multiculturalism: cultural diversity and political theory|year=2002|publisher=Harvard UP|isbn=978-0-674-00995-0|page=13}}</ref> | |||
== Contemporary history in Western societies == | |||
As a ], multiculturalism began as part of the ] movement at the end of the nineteenth century in ] and the ], then as political and cultural ] at the turn of the twentieth. It was partly in response to a new wave of European imperialism in sub-Saharan Africa and the massive immigration of Southern and Eastern ]ans to the United States and ]. ]s, ]s and ]s and early ]s such as ], ], ], ], ], ] and ] developed concepts of ], from which emerged what we understand today as multiculturalism. In ''Pluralistic Universe'' (1909), William James espoused the idea of a "plural society." James saw pluralism as "crucial to the formation of philosophical and social ] to help build a better, more egalitarian society.<ref name = Boening>Boening, Astrid (May 2007) European Union Miami Analysis (EUMA) Vol. 4 No. 12. Retrieved on: ], ].</ref> | |||
Balibar characterizes criticisms of multiculturalism as "differentialist racism", which he describes as a covert form of racism that does not purport ethnic superiority as much as it asserts stereotypes of perceived "incompatibility of life-styles and traditions".<ref name="Gunew 2004 80">{{cite book|last=Gunew|first=Sneja|title=Haunted Nations: The colonial dimensions of multiculturalisms|date=2004|publisher=Routledge|location=11 New Fetter Lane, London EC4P 4EE|isbn=978-0-415-28483-7|page=80}}</ref> | |||
In the ] English-speaking countries, multiculturalism as an official national policy started in ] in 1971, followed by ] in 1973.<ref name = Bissoondath>Bissoondath, Neil. 2002. ''Selling Illusions: The Myth of Multiculturalism''. Toronto: Penguin. ISBN 9780141006765.</ref> It was quickly adopted as official policy by most member-states of the ]. Recently, right-of-center governments in several European states—notably the ] and ]— have reversed the national policy and returned to an official monoculturalism.<ref name = Bissoondath /> A similar reversal is the subject of debate in the ], among others, due to evidence of incipient segregation and anxieties over 'home-grown' ].<ref>. workpermit.com. News. April 26, 2005. Retrieved on: ], ].</ref> | |||
While there is research that suggests that ethnic diversity increases chances of war, lower public goods provision and decreases democratization, there is also research that shows that ethnic diversity in itself is not detrimental to peace,<ref>{{cite journal |last1=Fearon |first1=James D. |last2=Laitin |first2=David D. |title=Ethnicity, Insurgency, and Civil War |journal=American Political Science Review |date=February 2003 |volume=97 |issue=1 |pages=75–90 |doi=10.1017/S0003055403000534 |doi-broken-date=1 November 2024 |citeseerx=10.1.1.453.3913 |s2cid=8303905 }}</ref><ref>{{cite journal |last1=Wimmer |first1=Andreas |last2=Cederman |first2=Lars-Erik |last3=Min |first3=Brian |title=Ethnic Politics and Armed Conflict: A Configurational Analysis of a New Global Data Set |journal=American Sociological Review |date=April 2009 |volume=74 |issue=2 |pages=316–337 |doi=10.1177/000312240907400208 |citeseerx=10.1.1.518.4825 |s2cid=9751858 }}</ref> public goods provision<ref>{{cite journal |last1=Baldwin |first1=Kate |last2=Huber |first2=John D. |title=Economic versus Cultural Differences: Forms of Ethnic Diversity and Public Goods Provision |journal=American Political Science Review |date=November 2010 |volume=104 |issue=4 |pages=644–662 |doi=10.1017/S0003055410000419 |s2cid=6811597 }}</ref><ref>{{cite journal |last1=Wimmer |first1=Andreas |title=Is Diversity Detrimental? Ethnic Fractionalization, Public Goods Provision, and the Historical Legacies of Stateness |journal=Comparative Political Studies |date=September 2016 |volume=49 |issue=11 |pages=1407–1445 |doi=10.1177/0010414015592645 |s2cid=7998506 }}</ref> or democracy.<ref>{{cite journal |last1=Gerring |first1=John |last2=Hoffman |first2=Michael |last3=Zarecki |first3=Dominic |title=The Diverse Effects of Diversity on Democracy |journal=British Journal of Political Science |date=April 2018 |volume=48 |issue=2 |pages=283–314 |doi=10.1017/S000712341600003X |s2cid=18860350 }}</ref> Rather, it was found that promoting diversity actually helps in advancing disadvantaged students.<ref>{{cite journal |last1=Kislev |first1=Elyakim |title=The effect of education policies on higher-education attainment of immigrants in Western Europe: A cross-classified multilevel analysis |journal=Journal of European Social Policy |date=May 2016 |volume=26 |issue=2 |pages=183–199 |doi=10.1177/0958928716637142 |s2cid=156140332 }}</ref> A 2018 study in the '']'' cast doubts on findings that ethnoracial homogeneity led to greater public goods provision.<ref>{{cite journal |last1=Kustov |first1=Alexander |last2=Pardelli |first2=Giuliana |title=Ethnoracial Homogeneity and Public Outcomes: The (Non)effects of Diversity |journal=American Political Science Review |date=November 2018 |volume=112 |issue=4 |pages=1096–1103 |doi=10.1017/S0003055418000308 |s2cid=149495272 }}</ref> A 2015 study in the ''American Journal of Sociology'' challenged past research showing that racial diversity adversely affected trust.<ref>{{cite journal |last1=Abascal |first1=Maria |last2=Baldassarri |first2=Delia |title=Love Thy Neighbor? Ethnoracial Diversity and Trust Reexamined |journal=American Journal of Sociology |date=November 2015 |volume=121 |issue=3 |pages=722–782 |doi=10.1086/683144 |pmid=26900618 |s2cid=20479598 }}</ref> | |||
===The monocultural nation-state (Europe)=== | |||
{{Original research|date=October 2007}} | |||
] | |||
Especially in the 19th century, the ideology of ] transformed the way Europeans thought about the ].{{Fact|date=March 2008}} Existing states were broken up and new ones created; the new ] were founded on the principle that each ] is entitled to its own ] state and to engender, protect, and preserve its own unique culture and history. Unity, under this ideology, is seen as an essential feature of the nation and the nation-state - unity of descent, unity of culture, unity of language, and often unity of religion. The nation-state constitutes a culturally ] society, although some national movements recognized regional differences. None, however, accepted foreign elements in culture and society. Multilingual and multi-ethnic empires, such as the ] and the ], were considered oppressive, and most Europeans did not accept that such a state could be legitimate.{{Fact|date=March 2008}} | |||
According to migration researcher ], research shows that there is no systematic relationship between levels of ] or ] and ] or ]. Studies show that factors such as ] and trust in government are much more important for social cohesion than diversity. In countries and regions where income inequality is low and where people trust their government, social cohesion remains strong even with high levels of diversity. Canada and Australia, for example, are countries with high levels of immigration and diversity, but also with stable and well-functioning societies. On the other hand, hate speech toward minority groups by politicians can reduce social cohesion. So diversity as such does not undermine social cohesion, hate speech by politicians does.<ref>{{cite book | |||
Where cultural unity was insufficient, it was encouraged and enforced by the state. The 19th-century nation-states developed an array of policies - the most important was compulsory ] in the ]. The language itself was often standardized by a linguistic academy, and regional languages were ignored or suppressed. Some nation-states pursued violent policies of ] and even ]. | |||
| last = de Haas | |||
| first = Hein | |||
| title = How Migration Really Works: A Factful Guide to the Most Divisive Issue in Politics | |||
| publisher = Random House | |||
| year = 2023 | |||
| chapter = Myth 4: Our societies are more diverse than ever | |||
}}</ref> | |||
===Criticism{{anchor|Opposition}}=== | |||
It has been argued that the concept, if not the 19th century methodology, of monoculturalism has been gaining favour in recent years.{{Fact|date=March 2008}} This is generally fueled by a desire to safeguard national cultures or identities that are perceived as being under threat - particularly by ] and the promulgation of multiculturalism by ] political parties - as opposed to the outright ] of the 19th century.{{Fact|date=March 2008}} | |||
{{Main|Criticism of multiculturalism}} | |||
Critics of multiculturalism often debate whether the multicultural ideal of benignly co-existing cultures that interrelate and influence one another, and yet remain distinct, is sustainable, paradoxical, or even desirable.<ref name="Nagle2009">{{cite book|last = Nagle|first = John|title=Multiculturalism's double bind: creating inclusivity, cosmopolitanism and difference|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=zqMCc37dW1kC&pg=PA129|date=23 September 2009|publisher=Ashgate Publishing, Ltd.|isbn=978-0-7546-7607-2|page=129}}</ref><ref name="Rajaee2000">{{cite book|last = Rajaee |first = Farhang |title=Globalization on trial: the human condition and the information civilization |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=ZyAt3T1V4EcC&pg=PT97|date=May 2000|publisher=IDRC |isbn= 9780889369092 |page=97}}</ref><ref name="SandercockAttili2009">{{cite book|last1 = Sandercock |first1 =Leonie |last2 = Attili |first2 = Giovanni |last3 = Cavers |first3 = Val |last4 = Carr |first4 = Paula |title=Where strangers become neighbours: integrating immigrants in Vancouver, Canada|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=TmlGzr4s0uMC&pg=PA16|date=1 May 2009|publisher=Springer|isbn=978-1-4020-9034-9|page=16}}</ref> It is argued that ], who would previously have been synonymous with a distinctive cultural identity of their own, lose out to enforced multiculturalism and that this ultimately erodes the host nations' distinct culture.<ref name="Report attacks multiculturalism">{{cite news|url=http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/uk/4295318.stm |title=Report attacks multiculturalism |work = ] |date=30 September 2005 |access-date=10 December 2010 }}</ref> | |||
Sarah Song views cultures as historically shaped entities by its members, and that they lack boundaries due to globalization, thereby making them stronger than others might assume.<ref>{{Cite book|title=Justice, Gender, and the Politics of Multiculturalism|last=Song|first=Sarah|publisher=Cambridge University Press|year=2007|isbn=978-0-511-49035-4}}</ref> She goes on to argue against the notion of special rights as she feels cultures are mutually constructive, and are shaped by the dominant culture. Brian Barry advocates a difference-blind approach to culture in the political realm and he rejects group-based rights as antithetical to the universalist liberal project, which he views as based on the individual.<ref>], Culture and Equality (], 2001), p. 148.</ref> | |||
===The 'Melting Pot' ideal (USA)=== | |||
{{Original research|date=September 2007}} | |||
In the ], continuous mass immigration had been a feature of economy and society since the first half of the 19th century.{{Fact|date=March 2008}} The absorption of the stream of immigrants became, in itself, a prominent feature of America's ]. The idea of the ] is a ] that implies that all the immigrant cultures are mixed and amalgamated without state intervention.{{Fact|date=March 2008}} The Melting Pot implied that each individual immigrant, and each group of immigrants, assimilated into American society at their own pace. An Americanized (and often stereotypical) version of the original nation's cuisine, and its holidays, survived. | |||
Note that the Melting Pot tradition co-exists with a belief in national unity, dating from the American ] fathers: | |||
], a feminist professor of political philosophy, argued in 1999, in "Is multiculturalism bad for women?", that the principle that all cultures are equal means that the equal rights of women in particular are sometimes severely violated.<ref>{{Cite web|url=https://bostonreview.net/forum/susan-moller-okin-multiculturalism-bad-women|title=Is Multiculturalism Bad For Women?|date=1 October 1997|website=Boston Review}}</ref> | |||
<blockquote> | |||
"Providence has been pleased to give this one connected country to one united people — a people descended from the same ancestors, speaking the same language, professing the same religion, attached to the same principles of government, very similar in their manners and customs... This country and this people seem to have been made for each other, and it appears as if it was the design of Providence, that an inheritance so proper and convenient for a band of brethren, united to each other by the strongest ties, should never be split into a number of unsocial, jealous, and alien sovereignties." -- ''']''', ''First American Supreme Court Chief Justice'', ''']'''</blockquote> | |||
Harvard professor of political science ] conducted a nearly decade-long study on how multiculturalism affects social trust.<ref name="Putnam, Robert D. 2007">{{Cite journal |last= Putnam |first = Robert D. |author-link = Robert D. Putnam |title = ''E Pluribus Unum'': Diversity and community in the twenty-first century |journal = ] |volume = 30 |issue = 2 |pages = 137–74 |doi = 10.1111/j.1467-9477.2007.00176.x |date = June 2007 |s2cid = 14234366 }}</ref> He surveyed 26,200 people in 40 American communities, finding that when the data were adjusted for class, income and other factors, the more racially diverse a community is, the greater the loss of trust. People in diverse communities "don't trust the local mayor, they don't trust the local paper, they don't trust other people and they don't trust institutions," writes Putnam.<ref>{{cite news |last = Sailer |first = Steve |author-link = Steve Sailer |title = Fragmented future |url = http://www.amconmag.com/article/2007/jan/15/00007/ |work = ] |publisher = Jon Basil Utley |date = 15 January 2007 |access-date = 19 November 2009 |archive-url = https://web.archive.org/web/20110604174328/http://www.amconmag.com/article/2007/jan/15/00007/ |archive-date = 4 June 2011 |url-status = dead }}</ref> In the presence of such ethnic diversity, Putnam maintains that, "e hunker down. We act like turtles. The effect of diversity is worse than had been imagined. And it's not just that we don't trust people who are not like us. In diverse communities, we don't trust people who do not look like us".<ref name="Putnam, Robert D. 2007" /> Putnam has also stated, however, that "this allergy to diversity tends to diminish and to go away... I think in the long run we'll all be better."<ref>Martin, Michel, "" Tell Me More, NPR. Written 15 August 2007, accessed 15 September 2017.</ref> Putnam denied allegations he was arguing against diversity in society and contended that his paper had been "twisted" to make a case against race-conscious admissions to universities. He asserted that his "extensive research and experience confirm the substantial benefits of diversity, including racial and ethnic diversity, to our society."<ref>{{cite news|url=https://www.chronicle.com/blogs/percolator/robert-putnam-says-his-research-was-twisted/30357|title=Harvard Sociologist Says His Research Was 'Twisted'|last=Berlett|first=Tom|date=15 August 2012|work=]|access-date=28 January 2020|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200101091923/https://www.chronicle.com/blogs/percolator/robert-putnam-says-his-research-was-twisted/30357|archive-date=1 January 2020|url-status=dead}}</ref> | |||
===Ethnic selection (Australia)=== | |||
Prior to settlement by Europeans, the Australian continent was not a single nation, but hosted several ] cultures and between 200 and 400 active languages at any one time.{{Fact|date=March 2008}} The present nation of Australia resulted from a deliberate process of immigration intended to fill the "empty" continent (also excluding potential rivals to the British Empire). Settlers from the ], after 1800 including ], were the earliest people that were not native the continent to live in Australia. Dutch colonization (see ]) and possible visits to Australia by explorers and/or traders from China, did not lead to permanent settlement. Until 1901, Australia existed as a group of independent British settler colonies.{{Fact|date=March 2008}} | |||
] Frank Salter writes: | |||
Proposals to limit immigration by ] were intended to maintain the cultural and political identity of the colonies as part of the ].{{Fact|date=March 2008}} While there was never any specific official policy called the ], this is the term used for a collection of historical legislation and policies which either intentionally or unintentionally restricted non-European immigration to Australia from 1901 to 1973. Such policies theoretically limited the ethnic and cultural diversity of the immigrant population, and in theory facilitated the ] of the immigrants, since they would come from related ethnic and cultural backgrounds. Taken from a historical perspective, however, this was not a matter of cultural diversity or otherwise, but an attempt to preserve the British ethno-cultural identity of the Australian nation. It was official policy for much of the 20th century to promote European immigration and to keep out those who did not fit the European, predominately ], character of Australian society. As the Twentieth century progressed and the number of migrants from the ] became insufficient to meet planned quotas, immigrants came increasingly from other parts of Europe, such as ], ], ], ], and ].{{Fact|date=March 2008}} | |||
<blockquote> | |||
==Adoption of multiculturalism as national policy== | |||
Relatively homogeneous societies invest more in public goods, indicating a higher level of public altruism. For example, the degree of ethnic homogeneity correlates with the government's share of gross domestic product as well as the average wealth of citizens. Case studies of the United States, Africa and South-East Asia find that multi-ethnic societies are less charitable and less able to cooperate to develop public infrastructure. Moscow beggars receive more gifts from fellow ethnics than from other ethnies {{sic}}. A recent multi-city study of municipal spending on public goods in the United States found that ethnically or racially diverse cities spend a smaller portion of their budgets and less per capita on public services than do the more homogeneous cities.<ref>Salter, Frank, ''On Genetic Interests'', p. 146.</ref> | |||
Multiculturalism was adopted as official policy, in several ] nations from the 1970s onward, for reasons that varied from country to country.{{Fact|date=June 2007}} | |||
</blockquote> | |||
], former three-term Democratic governor of the US state of ], argued that "diverse peoples worldwide are mostly engaged in hating each other—that is, when they are not killing each other. A diverse, peaceful, or stable society is against most historical precedent."<ref>{{cite web |last = Lamm |first = Richard D. |title = I have a plan to destroy America |url = http://www.snopes.com/politics/soapbox/lamm.asp |website = Snopes.com |date = 2005 |access-date = 12 January 2011 }}</ref> | |||
Government multicultural policies may include: | |||
*recognition of ] (the multiple citizenship itself usually results from the ]s of another country) | |||
*government support for ]s, ], and ] in ]s | |||
*support for minority festivals, holidays, and celebrations | |||
*acceptance of traditional and religious dress in schools, the military, and society in general | |||
*support for music and arts from minority cultures | |||
*programs to encourage minority representation in politics, SET (Science, Engineering and Technology), Mathematics, education, and the work force in general. | |||
*enforcement of different codes of law on members of each ethnic group (e.g. ] enforces ] law, but only for a particular ethnic group) | |||
===Origins in Canada=== | |||
{{Original research|date=October 2007}} | |||
{{seealso|Demography of Canada|Cultural mosaic|Immigration to Canada|}} | |||
] has the ],<ref name="highest immigration">{{cite web |author=Benjamin Dolin and Margaret Young, Law and Government Division |publisher=Library of Parliament |url=http://www.parl.gc.ca/information/library/PRBpubs/bp190-e.htm | |||
|title=Canada's Immigration Program |date=]|accessdate=2006-11-29}}</ref> driven by ] and ]. In 2001, 250,640 people immigrated to Canada. Newcomers settle mostly in the major urban areas of ], ] and ]{{Fact|date=June 2008}}. By the 1990s and 2000s, the largest component of Canada’s immigrants came from ], including the Middle East, South Asia, South-East Asia and East Asia.<ref name = "migrate-Inflow"></ref> Canadian society is often depicted as being a very progressive, diverse, and ]. Accusing a person of ] in Canada is usually considered a serious slur.<ref>{{Citation|last = Fontaine|first = Phil|author-link = Phil Fontaine|url = http://www.queensu.ca/sps/conferences_events/lectures/donald_gow/98lecture.pdf|title = Modern Racism in Canada by Phil Fontaine|place = Queen's University|date = Friday, April 24, 1998}}</ref> All political parties are now cautious about criticizing of the high level of immigration, because, as noted by the ], "in the early 1990s, the old ] was branded 'racist' for suggesting that immigration levels be lowered from 250,000 to 150,000."<ref name=Globevolpe>, ], 12 December 2005, URL accessed 16 August 2006</ref> | |||
The American classicist ] used the perceived differences in "rationality" between Moctezuma and Cortés to argue that Western culture was superior to every culture in the entire world, which thus led him to reject multiculturalism as a false doctrine that placed all cultures on an equal footing.<ref name="Hanson, Victor Davis 2001. p. 205">Hanson, Victor Davis ''Carnage and Culture: Landmark Battles in the Rise to Western Power'', New York: Random House, 2001. p. 205</ref> | |||
Multiculturalism in Canada was first articulated by ] ] ] in his maiden Senate speech in 1964. It was officially adopted in 1971, following the ], a government body set up in response to the grievances of Canada's French-speaking minority (concentrated in the Province of ]). The report of the Commission advocated that the Canadian government should recognize Canada as a bilingual and bicultural society and adopt policies to preserve this character. | |||
In New Zealand (]), which is officially bi-cultural, multiculturalism has been seen as a threat to the ] as an attempt by the New Zealand Government to undermine Māori demands for ] and encourage assimilation.<ref>{{cite journal |last1=Johnson |first1=Jay T. |title=Indigeneity's Challenges to the White Settler-State: Creating a Thirdspace for Dynamic Citizenship |journal=Alternatives: Global, Local, Political |date=January 2008 |volume=33 |issue=1 |pages=29–52 |doi=10.1177/030437540803300103 |s2cid=145192448 }}</ref> | |||
] was attacked from many directions. Progressive Conservative Party leader ] saw multiculturalism as an attack on his vision of ]. It did not satisfy the growing number of young Francophones who gravitated towards ]. While many Canadians disliked the new policies of biculturalism and ], the strongest opposition came from Canadians of neither English nor French descent, the so-called "Third Force" Canadians. Biculturalism did not accord with local realities in the ], where the French population was tiny compared to other cultural minorities. To accommodate them, the formula was changed from "bilingualism and biculturalism" to "bilingualism and multiculturalism." | |||
Right wing sympathisers have been shown to increasingly take part in a multitude of online discursive efforts directed against global brands' multicultural advertisements.<ref>{{cite journal |last1=Ulver |first1=Sofia |last2=Laurell |first2=Christofer |title=Political Ideology in Consumer Resistance: Analyzing Far-Right Opposition to Multicultural Marketing |journal=Journal of Public Policy & Marketing |date=October 2020 |volume=39 |issue=4 |pages=477–493 |doi=10.1177/0743915620947083 |doi-access=free }}</ref> | |||
The ] government of ] promulgated the "Announcement of Implementation of Policy of Multiculturalism within Bilingual Framework" in the House of Commons on 8 October 1971, the precursor of the Canadian '']'' of the ] Progressive Conservative government which received Royal Assent on 21 July 1988. On a more practical level, federal funds began to be distributed to ethnic groups to help them preserve their cultures. Projects typically funded included ] competitions and the construction of ethnic-oriented community centres. This led to criticisms that the policy was actually motivated by electoral considerations rather than Trudeau's vision of a ]. After its election in 1984, the government of Brian Mulroney did not reverse these policies, although they had earlier been criticized by Tories as inconsistent with unhyphenated Canadianism. The Trinidad and Tobago born Canadian writer ] has been a particular critic of the concept as an official policy.<ref name = Bissoondath /> | |||
== Americas == | |||
] | |||
===Argentina=== | |||
Far from pleading multiculturalism's neutrality in matters of national unity, successive Canadian governments have argued that the policy promotes the national interest by breaking down social and cultural barriers. Many believe that rather than weakening the national character, or presenting a slippery slope whereby all groups may appeal for separate treatment based on every imaginable difference, the policy is viewed as strengthening national identity by binding citizens to a single ]. However, there are critics of the policy, and according to a 2007 ] study, many recent non-white citizens do not identify themselves as being "Canadian".<ref>]: ''How Canadian are you?'', January 12, 2007 </ref> <!---Furthermore, according to a recent scientific poll, the Quebec population rejects the idea of multiculturalism by 77% in favor of an assimilation approach requiring the immigrants to adapted to the minimal charter of rights defined in the Quebec charter of rights. To adapt not just legally but also intellectually.** Hiding claim until citation for the 'scientific study' is provided---> | |||
{{Main|Demographics of Argentina|Immigration to Argentina}} | |||
] in Buenos Aires]] | |||
Though not called ''Multiculturalism'' as such, the ] of Argentina's constitution explicitly promotes ], and recognizes the individual's ] from other countries. Though 97% of Argentina's population self-identify as of ] and mestizo<ref name="CIA">{{cite web|url=https://www.cia.gov/the-world-factbook/countries/argentina/ |title=CIA – The World Factbook – Argentina |publisher=Cia.gov |access-date=16 January 2011}}</ref> to this day a high level of multiculturalism remains a feature of ],<ref name="Faulk2012">{{cite book|author=Karen Faulk|title=In the Wake of Neoliberalism: Citizenship and Human Rights in Argentina|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=XOGrGui0j0sC&pg=PA99|year=2012|publisher=Stanford University Press|isbn=978-0-8047-8391-0|page=99}}</ref><ref>{{cite web|url=http://www.argentina.ar/_en/culture/ |title=Argentine Culture Rich and Diverse |publisher=Argentina.ar |access-date=10 December 2010 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110531161309/http://www.argentina.ar/_en/culture/ |archive-date=31 May 2011 }}</ref> allowing foreign festivals and holidays (e.g. ]), supporting all kinds of art or cultural expression from ], as well as their diffusion through an important multicultural presence in the media. | |||
The policy was added to the ], in ] of the ]. | |||
In Argentina there are recognized regional languages ] in ],<ref name="Corrientes-5598">{{Cite Argentine law|jur=CN|l=5598|dl=2326/2004|date=22 October 2004 |url=http://www.senadoctes.gov.ar/leyes-texto/Ley5598.doc }}</ref> ] in ],<ref>{{cite book |title=La educación intercultural bilingüe en Santiago del Estero, ¿mito o realidad? |publisher=Cámara de Diputados de la Nación |page=1 |url=http://usuarios.arnet.com.ar/yanasu/Ley5409.html |trans-title=La cámara de diputados de la provincia sanciona con fuerza de ley. |quote=Declárase de interés oficial la preservación, difusión, estímulo, estudio y práctica de la lengua Quíchua en todo el territorio de la provincia |language=es-AR |access-date=21 May 2022 |archive-date=7 August 2020 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200807005056/http://usuarios.arnet.com.ar/yanasu/Ley5409.html |url-status=dead }}</ref> ], ], and ] in ].<ref name=kom>{{cite Argentine law|jur=CC|l=6604|bo=9092|date=28 July 2010}}</ref> | |||
According to the National Institute of Indigenous Affairs published on its website, there are 1,779 registered indigenous communities in Argentina, belonging to 39 indigenous peoples.<ref>{{cite web | url=https://www.argentina.gob.ar/derechoshumanos/inai/mapa | title=Mapa de pueblos originarios | date=10 November 2020 }}</ref> | |||
<ref>{{cite web | url=https://www.cultura.gob.ar/dia-internacional-de-los-pueblos-indigenas_6292/#:~:text=Ellos%20son%3A%20Atacama%2C%20Chan%C3%A9%2C,Tehuelche%2C%20Tili%C3%A1n%2C%20Toba%20(Qom | title=Los Pueblos Originarios en Argentina, hoy }}</ref> | |||
=== Bolivia === | |||
] describes both the melting pot and Canada's cultural mosaic as being multicultural and distinguishes them as ''pluralistic'' and ''particularist'' multiculturalism. {{Fact|date=August 2007}} Pluralistic multiculturalism views each culture or subculture in a society as contributing unique and valuable cultural aspects to the whole culture. Particularist multiculturalism is more concerned with preserving the distinctions between cultures. | |||
] is a diverse country made up of 36 different types of indigenous groups.<ref name="auto3">{{Cite web|url=https://www.iwgia.org/en/bolivia|title=Bolivia|website=iwgia.org|language=en-gb|access-date=14 July 2018}}</ref> Over 62% of Bolivia's population falls into these different indigenous groups, making it the most indigenous country in Latin America.<ref name="auto4">{{Cite web|url=https://www.cia.gov/the-world-factbook/countries/bolivia/|title=The World Factbook – Central Intelligence Agency|website=cia.gov|language=en|access-date=14 July 2018}}</ref> Out of the indigenous groups the ] and the ] are the largest.<ref name="auto3"/> The latter 30% of the population is a part of the ], which are a people mixed with European and indigenous ancestry.<ref name="auto4"/> Bolivia's political administrations have endorsed multicultural politics and in 2009 Bolivia's Constitution was inscribed with multicultural principles.<ref>{{cite book |doi=10.1057/978-1-137-50958-1_3 |chapter=Paradoxes of Multiculturalism in Bolivia |title=The Crisis of Multiculturalism in Latin America |year=2016 |last1=Canessa |first1=Andrew |pages=75–100 |publisher=Palgrave Macmillan US |location=New York |isbn=978-1-137-50957-4 }}</ref> The ] recognizes 36 official languages besides Spanish, each language has its own culture and indigenous group.<ref>{{Cite web|url=https://bolivia.justia.com/nacionales/nueva-constitucion-politica-del-estado/primera-parte/titulo-i/capitulo-primero/|title=Justia Bolivia :: Nueva Constitución Política Del Estado > PRIMERA PARTE > TÍTULO I > CAPÍTULO PRIMERO :: Ley de Bolivia|website=bolivia.justia.com|language=es-BO|access-date=14 July 2018}}</ref> Bolivian culture is celebrated across the country and has heavy influences from the Aymara, the Quechua, the Spanish, and other popular cultures from around Latin America. | |||
=== Brazil === | |||
Canadian multiculturalism is looked upon with admiration by many world leaders{{Fact|date=April 2008}} - particularly ]. In a 2002 interview with the ], the 49th Imam of the ] described Canada as "the most successful pluralist society on the face of our globe",<ref name="GlobeMail20020202">{{cite news |author=Stackhouse, John |coauthors=Martin, Patrick |page=F3 |title=Canada: 'A model for the world' |publisher=The Globe and Mail |date=] |quote=Canada is today the most successful pluralist society on the face of our globe, without any doubt in my mind. . . . That is something unique to Canada. It is an amazing global human asset}}</ref> citing it as "a model for the world."<ref name="GlobeMail20020202"/> He explained that the experience of Canadian governance - its commitment to pluralism and its support for the rich multicultural diversity of its peoples - is something that must be shared and would be of benefit societies in other parts of the world.<ref>{{cite speech | title = Address at the Leadership and Diversity Conference | author = ] | date = ] | location = ], ] | url = http://www.akdn.org/speeches/20_ottawa190504.htm | accessdate = 2007-04-21}}</ref><ref name="PRGCP20050418">{{cite press release | title =Aga Khan Welcomes Government of Canada's Partnership in New Global Centre for Pluralism | publisher = ] | date = ] | url = http://www.akdn.org/news/2005April18.htm | accessdate = 2007-04-21}}</ref> With this in mind, he went on in 2006 to establish the ] in partnership with the ]. The Centre seeks to export the Canadian experience by promoting pluralist values and practices in culturally diverse societies worldwide, with the aim of ensuring that every individual has the opportunity to realize his or her full potential as a citizen, irrespective of cultural, ethnic or religious differences.<ref name="PRGCP20050418"/> | |||
] and ], in ], ], a city of ] majority]] | |||
Brazil has been known to acclaim multiculturalism and has undergone many changes regarding this in the past few decades. Brazil is a controversial country when it comes to defining a multicultural country.<ref>{{Cite news|url=http://www.pewresearch.org/fact-tank/2013/07/18/the-most-and-least-culturally-diverse-countries-in-the-world/|title=A revealing map of the world's most and least ethnically diverse countries|newspaper=The Washington Post|language=en|access-date=27 July 2018}}</ref> There are two views: the Harvard Institute of Economic Research states that Brazil has an intersection of many cultures because of recent migration, while the ] states that Brazil is culturally diverse but the majority of the country speaks ].<ref>{{Cite news|url=http://www.pewresearch.org/fact-tank/2013/07/18/the-most-and-least-culturally-diverse-countries-in-the-world/|title=The most (and least) culturally diverse countries in the world|date=18 July 2013|work=Pew Research Center|access-date=27 July 2018|language=en-US}}</ref> | |||
Cities such as ] are home to migrants from Japan, Italy, ] and ].<ref>{{cite journal |last1=Neira |first1=Marcos GARCIA |title=Possíveis relações entre multiculturalismo e teorias curriculares da Educação Física |trans-title=Possible relations between multiculturalism and curricular theories of Physical Education |journal=Utopía y Praxis Latinoamericana |year=2017 |volume=22 |issue=79 |pages=41–55 |url=https://www.redalyc.org/jatsRepo/279/27956721004/html/index.html |language=pt }}</ref> There is a multicultural presence in this city, and this is prevalent throughout Brazil. Furthermore, Brazil is a country that has made great strides to embrace migrant cultures. There has been increased awareness of ] and active efforts to combat racism. However, there is still a lack of school engagement in these matters.<ref>{{cite journal |last1=Wade |first1=Peter |title=Blackness, Indigeneity, Multiculturalism and Genomics in Brazil, Colombia and Mexico |journal=Journal of Latin American Studies |date=2013 |volume=45 |issue=2 |pages=205–233 |doi=10.1017/S0022216X13000011 |url=https://www.research.manchester.ac.uk/portal/en/publications/blackness-indigeneity-multiculturalism-and-genomics-in-brazil-colombia-and-mexico(e5608414-9f57-4047-b858-2b7131c3c424).html }}</ref> | |||
The ], recognizes multiculturalism as part of “a policy introduced by the federal government in 1971, which acknowledges that many ethnic Canadians experience unequal access to resources and opportunities. It urges more recognition of the contributions of such Canadians, the preservation of certain expressions of their ethnicity, and more equity in the treatment of all Canadians. Since 1971, there has been increasing recognition of the limitation of this concept; first, it does not explicitly acknowledge the critical role which racism plays in preventing this vision from materialising; second, it promotes a static and limited notion of culture as fragmented and confined to ethnicity; and third, it pays insufficient attention to institutional forms of racial discrimination, focusing instead on individual expressions and experiences”.(Source: Diversity at Work, Diversity Glossary)) | |||
=== |
===Canada=== | ||
{{Main|Multiculturalism in Canada}} | |||
]s celebrating the Sikh new year in ], Canada]] | |||
Canadian society is often depicted as being "very progressive, diverse, and multicultural," or a ] that formally acknowledges several different cultures and beliefs.<ref name="Cotter2011rt">{{cite book|author=Anne-Marie Mooney Cotter|title=Culture clash: an international legal perspective on ethnic discrimination|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=0AcvVUevrMYC&pg=PA176|date=28 February 2011|publisher=Ashgate Publishing, Ltd.|isbn=978-1-4094-1936-5|page=176}}</ref><ref>{{cite web |url=http://www.edu.gov.mb.ca/k12/cur/socstud/foundation_gr6/blms/6-4-4a.pdf |title=The Just Society |publisher=Government of Manitoba |author=Pierre Elliott Trudeau, as cited in The Essential Trudeau, ed. Ron Graham. (pp. 16–20) |access-date= 6 December 2015}}</ref> Multiculturalism, however, is a misnomer often misidentified as a societal ideal with its associated natural moral sensitivity, whereas it functions as a political instrument for diversity management under official policy.<ref name="Sikka2014v">{{cite book|author=Sonia Sikka|title=Multiculturalism and Religious Identity|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=e4NLBAAAQBAJ&pg=PA237|year=2014|publisher=McGill-Queen's Press|isbn=978-0-7735-9220-9|page=237}}</ref> Multiculturalism was adopted as the official policy of the ] during the premiership of ] in the 1970s and 1980s, influenced by factors such as the militant politics of Québécois nationalism, rising Indigenous discontent over the assimilationist policies outlined in the 1969 White Paper, the threat of American cultural annexation, the need to secure ethnic votes in immigrant-rich urban centers, and the appeasement of other European ethnic groups.<ref>{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=XsINAAAAQAAJ&q=multiculturalism%20and%20Pierre%20Elliott%20Trudeau&pg=PA205|title=Place/culture/representation|first1=James S|last1=Duncan|first2=David |last2=Ley|publisher=Routledge|pages=205–06|year=1983|isbn=978-0-415-09451-1|access-date=12 September 2010}}</ref><ref>{{Cite web |last=Li |first=Peter S. |date=2003-02-24 |title=Cultural Diversity in Canada: The Social Construction of Racial Difference |url=https://www.justice.gc.ca/eng/rp-pr/csj-sjc/jsp-sjp/rp02_8-dr02_8/index.html |website=Department of Justice, Research and Statistics Division |place=Ottawa}}</ref> | |||
{{main|Demographics of Argentina}} | |||
Though not called as a ''Multiculturalism'' state policy, since the Argentina's constitution act and ] set up the ] promote like central issue to development. And nowadays its high levels of multiculturalism reflects that social assortment of the ]<ref> | |||
</ref>. | |||
As others multicultural countries the Argentine constitution, grounded to encourage immigration, widely recognizes the individual's ] from others countries acts, allows foreign festivals and holidays (e.g. ]). Moreover the act supports all kind of art or cultural expression from minorities as well as their diffusion through an important multiculturalism presence in the media, for instance it is not rarely find newspapers<ref>*</ref> or radios program in English, Italian or ] running on the tune. | |||
Multiculturalism is reflected in the law through the ]<ref>{{cite web|url=http://www.efc.ca/pages/law/charter/charter.text.html|title=Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms (Being Part I of the Constitution Act, 1982)|publisher=Electronic Frontier Canada|year=2008|access-date=12 September 2010|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20181212155200/http://www.efc.ca/pages/law/charter/charter.text.html|archive-date=12 December 2018|url-status=dead}}</ref> and ].<ref>{{cite web|url=http://laws.justice.gc.ca/eng/C-18.7/FullText.html|title=Canadian Multiculturalism Act (1985, c. 24 (4th Supp.)|date=14 November 2010|publisher=Department of Justice Canada|access-date=12 September 2010|archive-date=18 February 2011|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110218032814/http://laws.justice.gc.ca/eng/C-18.7/FullText.html?noCookie|url-status=dead}}</ref> Canadian multiculturalism is often seen as celebrating immigrant ways of life from outside the country, and as such, it is looked upon with admiration resulting in dismissing of most critics of the concept.<ref name="WhiteSimeon2009iu">{{cite book|author1=Linda A. White|author2=Richard Simeon|title=The Comparative Turn in Canadian Political Science|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=ATny9O-I6bwC&pg=PA102|year= 2009|publisher=UBC Press|isbn=978-0-7748-1428-7|page=102}}</ref><ref name="Tierney2011ytg">{{cite book|author=Stephen J Tierney|title=Multiculturalism and the Canadian Constitution|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=fY078NtGPkAC&pg=PA66|year=2011|publisher=UBC Press|isbn=978-0-7748-4007-1|page=66}}</ref> The ] asserts the Canadian broadcasting system should reflect the diversity of cultures in the country.<ref name="Raboy">{{cite book|last=Raboy|first=Marc|title=Media Divides: Communication Rights and the Right to Communicate in Canada|year=2010|publisher=University of British Columbia Press|location=Vancouver|isbn=978-0-7748-1775-2|page=104 |author2=Jeremy Shtern |author3=William J. McIveret}}</ref><ref>{{cite journal|last=Mahtani|first=Minelle|title=Representing Minorities: Canadian media and minority identities|journal=Canadian Ethnic Studies|year=2001|volume=33|issue=3}}</ref> This conceptual transition of multiculturalism is also reflected in Canada's official discourse, where attitudes about “multiculturalism” have shifted to focus on “diversity,” fueled by increasing immigration rates. It now emphasizes Canada's growing multicultural makeup and the variety of ethnic and racial groups within the country.<ref name="polls">{{cite web |url=http://www.cic.gc.ca/english/resources/research/por-multi-imm/sec02-1.asp |title=A literature review of Public Opinion Research on Canadian attitudes towards multiculturalism and immigration, 2006–2009 |publisher=Government of Canada |date=2011 |access-date= 18 December 2015}}</ref> ] is often globally recognized as one of the country's significant accomplishments in diversity management, and a key distinguishing element of Canadian national identity.<ref name="Sikka2014v" /><ref name="Caplow2001a">{{cite book|author=Theodore Caplow|title=Leviathan Transformed: Seven National States in the New Century|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=JRunB0w4G-EC&pg=PA146|year=2001|publisher=McGill-Queen's Press|isbn=978-0-7735-2304-3|page=146}}</ref> | |||
===Australia=== | |||
The other country to have most fully adopted Canadian-style multiculturalism is ], with many similar policies, for example the formation of the ]. While the ] was quietly dismantled after World War II by various changes to ], the full political introduction of official policies of multiculturalism was 1973. | |||
In a 2002 interview with '']'', ], the 49th ] of the ], described Canada as "the most successful ] on the face of our globe", citing it as "a model for the world".<ref name="GlobeMail20020202">{{cite news |author=Stackhouse, John |author2=Martin, Patrick |page=F3 |title=Canada: 'A model for the world'|url=http://ismaili.net/timeline/2002/20020202a.html |newspaper=The Globe and Mail |date=2 February 2002|access-date=12 September 2010}}</ref> He explained that the experience of Canadian governance—its commitment to pluralism and its support for the rich multicultural diversity of its people—is something that must be shared and would be of benefit to all societies in other parts of the world.<ref name="GlobeMail20020202"/> '']'' ran a cover story in 2016 praising Canada as the most successful multicultural society in the West.<ref name="The Economist">{{cite news |title = The last liberals Why Canada is still at ease with openness |newspaper = The Economist|date=29 October 2016|url = https://www.economist.com/news/briefing/21709291-why-canada-still-ease-openness-last-liberals |access-date = 10 November 2016}}</ref> ''The Economist'' argued that Canada's multiculturalism was a source of strength that united the diverse population and by attracting immigrants from around the world was also an engine of economic growth as well.<ref name="The Economist"/> The influence of the transitioned ideology of multiculturalism in the public sphere has led many public and private groups in Canada to work toward supporting both multiculturalism and recent immigrants to Canada.<ref>{{Cite web|url=https://www.canada.ca/en/immigration-refugees-citizenship/corporate/reports-statistics/evaluations/multiculturalism-program/section-3.html|title=Evaluation of the Multiculturalism Program|last=Immigration|first=Refugees and Citizenship Canada|date=10 June 2012|website=aem|access-date=19 March 2019}}</ref> In an effort to support recent Filipino immigrants to Alberta, for example, one school board partnered with a local university and an immigration agency to support these new families in their school and community.<ref>{{cite web| url=http://bild-lida.ca/journal/volume_2_2_2018/supporting-reconnecting-immigrant-families-with-english-language-learners-in-rural-schools-an-exploratory-study-of-filipino-arrivals-to-alberta/|title=Supporting Reconnecting Immigrant Families with English Language Learners in Rural Schools: An Exploratory Study of Filipino Arrivals to Alberta |first1=Gregory|last1=Tweedie|first2=Anja|last2=Dressler|first3=Cora-Leah|last3=Schmidt| access-date=17 November 2018|date=12 November 2018 }}</ref> | |||
The overall level of immigration to ] has grown substantially during the last decades. Net overseas migration increased from 30,000 in 1993<ref name="abs">Australian Bureau of Statistics, </ref> to 118,000 in 2003-04.<ref name="abs2">Australian Bureau of Statistics, </ref> During the 2004-05, total 123,424 people immigrated to Australia. Of them, 17,736 were from ], 54,804 from ], 21,131 from ], 18,220 from ], 1,506 from ], and 2,369 from ].<ref name = "migrate-Inflow"/> 131,000 people migrated to Australia in 2005-06<ref></ref> and migration target for 2006-07 was 144,000.<ref></ref> Australia opens its doors to about 300,000 new migrants in 2008-09 - it's highest level since the Immigration Department was created after ].<ref>, 11/06/2008</ref> | |||
{{Original research|section|date=March 2008}} | |||
The meaning of multiculturalism has changed enormously since its formal introduction to Australia. Originally it was understood by the mainstream population as a need for acceptance that many members of the Australian community originally came from different cultures and still had ties to it. However, it came to mean the rights of migrants within mainstream Australia to express their ]. It is now often used to refer to the fact that very many people in Australia have, and recognize, multiple cultural or ethnic backgrounds. The Department of Immigration and Multicultural Affairs in Australia estimated that, in 2005, 25% of the Australian workforce was born outside of Australia and 40% had at least one parent born outside of Australia. | |||
===Mexico=== | |||
Following the initial moves of the ] ] government in 1973, further official national multicultural policies were implemented by ]'s ] Government in 1978. The ] Government of ] continued with these policies during the 1980s and early 1990s, and were further supported by ] up to his electoral defeat 1996. | |||
]]] | |||
Mexico has historically always been a multicultural country. After the betrayal of ] to the Aztecs, the Spanish conquered the ] and colonized indigenous people. They influenced the indigenous religion, politics, culture and ethnicity.{{citation needed|date=August 2020}} The Spanish opened schools in which they taught Christianity, and the Spanish language eventually surpassed indigenous languages, making it the most spoken language in Mexico. Mestizo was also born from the conquest, which meant being half-Indigenous and half-Spanish.<ref>{{cite web|last=Page |first=Index |url=http://www.mexconnect.com/articles/1932-ethnic-diversity-in-mexico |title=Ethnic diversity in Mexico : Mexico Travel |publisher=Mexconnect.com |date=20 May 2011 |access-date=1 July 2013}}</ref> | |||
] has recently been integrating rapidly, doing much better than many cities in a sample conducted by the Intercultural Cities Index (being the only non-European city, alongside ], on the index).<ref>{{cite web|url=http://www.coe.int/t/dg4/cultureheritage/culture/cities/index/Mexico_en.pdf |title=Microsoft Word – Mexico City PR rev]s followed by ] and ].<ref>{{Cite news|url=https://www.investigacionyciencia.es/revistas/investigacion-y-ciencia/matemticas-del-planeta-tierra-585/el-impacto-del-mestizaje-en-mxico-11442|title=El impacto del mestizaje en México|work=Investigación y Ciencia|access-date=25 July 2018|language=es}}</ref> There are many other ethnic groups such as ], ] and ]. | |||
The election of ]'s Liberal-National Coalition government in 1996 was a major watershed for Australian multiculturalism. Howard had long been a critic of multiculturalism, releasing his ] in the late 1980s which called for a reduction in Asian immigration. Shortly after the new government took office, the new independent member ] made her maiden speech in which she was highly critical of multiculturalism, saying that a multicultural society could never be strong. Notably, despite many calls for Howard to censure Hanson, his response was to state that her speech indicated a new freedom of expression in Australia on such issues. Rather than official multiculturalism, Howard advocated instead the idea of a "shared national identity", albeit one strongly grounded in certain recognizably ] themes, such as ']' and a ']'. While Howard changed the name of the Department of Immigration, Multiculturalism and Indigenous Affairs to the ], the policy of multiculturalism has remained largely intact in practice. Newspaper columnists such as ] have called for a National policy of ]. | |||
From the year 2000 to 2010, the number of people in Mexico that were born in another country doubled, reaching a total of 961,121 people, mostly coming from Guatemala and the United States.<ref name=IO_1>{{cite web| title=Informativo oportuno (Spanish text)| url=http://www.inegi.gob.mx/inegi/contenidos/espanol/prensa/contenidos/Articulos/sociodemograficas/nacidosenotropais.pdf| url-status=dead| date=May 2011| volume=1| issue=2| access-date=13 November 2023| archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130427100913/http://www.inegi.gob.mx/inegi/contenidos/espanol/prensa/contenidos/Articulos/sociodemograficas/nacidosenotropais.pdf| archive-date=27 April 2013}}</ref> Mexico is quickly becoming a ], with many immigrants coming into the country. It is considered to be a ], which influences their multiculturalism and diversity, by having different civilizations influence them. A distinguishable trait of Mexico's culture is the ] of its people, which caused the combination of Spanish influence, their indigenous roots while also adapting the culture traditions from their immigrants. | |||
=== Peru === | |||
] is an exemplary country of multiculturalism, in 2016 the ] reported a total population of 31 million people. They share their borders with Ecuador, Colombia, Brazil, Chile and Bolivia, and have welcomed many immigrants into their country creating a diverse community. | |||
] | |||
Peru is the home to ] but after the ], the Spanish brought African, and Asian peoples as slaves to Peru creating a mix of ethnic groups. After slavery was no longer permitted in Peru, African-Peruvians and Asian-Peruvians have contributed to Peruvian culture in many ways. Today, Amerindians make up 25.8% of the population, ]s 60.2%, ] 5.9% and 4.8% is composed by ], Chinese, Japanese and others.<ref>{{Cite web|url=http://www.countryreports.org/country/Peru/population.htm|title=Peru population. Demographic data, ethnic groups population and demographics from Peru – CountryReports|website=countryreports.org|language=en|access-date=26 July 2018}}</ref> In 1821, Peru's president José de San Martín gave foreigners the freedom to start industries in Peru's ground, 2 years after, foreigners that lived in Peru for more than 5 years were considered naturalized citizens, which then decreased to 3 years. | |||
===United States=== | ===United States=== | ||
{{See also|Multicultural education|Race and ethnicity in the United States}} | |||
In the ], multiculturalism is not clearly established in policy at the federal level. At the state level, it is sometimes associated with English-Spanish ].{{Fact|date=August 2007}} Other examples include California allowing drivers to take their exams in a number of languages.<ref></ref> | |||
{{multiple image | |||
| align = right | |||
| direction = vertical | |||
| image1 = Mulberry Street NYC c1900 LOC 3g04637u edit.jpg | |||
| width1 = 220 | |||
| image2 = Chinatown manhattan 2009.JPG | |||
| width2 = 220 | |||
| caption2 = ] (top, {{circa|1900}}) in New York City abuts ]. | |||
}} | |||
]]] | |||
] say "]" or its equivalent''';<br/> in ], ], ], ], ], ], ], ], ], ], ], ], ], ] (labeled as "]"), ], ], ], ], ], ], ], ], ], ], ], ], ] and ].<br/><small>''"]'s citizens have been called "The Sons of Elsewhere", and their language that spoken at the ]..."''</small>]] | |||
Although official multiculturalism policy is not established at the federal level, ethnic and cultural diversity is common in ], suburban and urban areas.<ref>Jeffrey Lehman, ed. ''Gale Encyclopedia of Multicultural America'' (3rd edition; 6 vol. 2014) </ref> | |||
Continuous mass immigration was a feature of the United States economy and society since the first half of the 19th century.<ref name="Isaacs2007">{{cite book|author=Ann Katherine Isaacs|title=Immigration and emigration in historical perspective|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=5asNot0c5kwC&pg=PA38|year=2007|publisher=Edizioni Plus|isbn=978-88-8492-498-8|page=38}}</ref> The absorption of the stream of immigrants became, in itself, a prominent feature of America's ]. The idea of the ] is a ] that implies that all the immigrant cultures are mixed and amalgamated without state intervention.<ref>Zangwill, Israel. ''The Melting Pot'', 1908.</ref> The melting pot theory implied that each individual immigrant, and each group of immigrants, assimilated into American society at their own pace. This is different from multiculturalism as it is defined above, which does not include complete assimilation and integration.<ref name="Suárez-OrozcoSuárez-Orozco2005">{{cite book|author1=Marcelo M. Suárez-Orozco|author2=Carola Suárez-Orozco|title=The new immigration: an interdisciplinary reader|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=a05uTxwIC4EC&pg=PA39|year=2005|publisher=Routledge|isbn=978-0-415-94916-3|page=39}}</ref> The melting pot tradition co-exists with a belief in national unity, dating from the ]: | |||
The ] (the Hart-Cellar Act), passed by a Democratic controlled Congress, abolished the system of national-origin quotas. Over 28,000,000 have legally immigrated since 1965 under its provisions. Prior to 1965, the US was taking around 178,000 legal immigrants annually. | |||
<blockquote>Providence has been pleased to give this one connected country to one united people – a people descended from the same ancestors, speaking the same language, professing the same religion, attached to the same principles of government, very similar in their manners and customs... This country and this people seem to have been made for each other, and it appears as if it was the design of Providence, that an inheritance so proper and convenient for a band of brethren, united to each other by the strongest ties, should never be split into a number of unsocial, jealous, and alien sovereignties.<ref>], ''First American Supreme Court Chief Justice'', ]</ref></blockquote> | |||
In 2006, a total of 1,266,264 immigrants became legal permanent residents of the United States, up from 601,516 in 1987, 849,807 in 2000, and 1,122,373 in 2005. The top twelve sending countries in 2006, by country of birth, were ] (173,753), ] (87,345), ] (74,607), ] (61,369), ] (45,614), ] (43,151), ] (38,069), ] (31,783), ] (30,695), ] (24,976), ] (24,386), ] (24,146), Other countries - 606,370.<ref name = "migrate-Inflow"/> Muslim immigration to the U.S. is rising and in 2005 more people from ] became legal permanent U.S. residents — nearly 96,000 — than in any year in the previous two decades.<ref></ref><ref></ref> | |||
]. The President's Initiative on Race was a critical element in President Clinton's effort to prepare the country to embrace diversity.]] | |||
===United Kingdom=== | |||
As a philosophy, multiculturalism began as part of the ] movement at the end of the 19th century in Europe and the United States, then as ] and ] at the turn of the 20th century.<ref name="CaputiFoster2006">{{cite book|author1=Peter Caputi|author2=Heather Foster|author3=Linda L. Viney|title=Personal construct psychology: new ideas|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=0RUXgzHqfOwC&pg=PA18|date=11 December 2006|publisher=John Wiley & Sons|isbn=978-0-470-01943-6|page=18}}</ref> It was partly in response to a new wave of European imperialism in sub-Saharan Africa and the massive immigration of Southern and Eastern Europeans to the United States and Latin America. Philosophers, psychologists and historians and early sociologists such as ], ], ], ], ], ] and ] developed concepts of cultural pluralism, from which emerged what we understand today as multiculturalism. In ''Pluralistic Universe'' (1909), William James espoused the idea of a "]". James saw pluralism as "crucial to the formation of philosophical and social ] to help build a better, more egalitarian society.<ref name=Boening>{{cite news |last=Boening |first=Astrid B. |title=Euro-Islam – A Constructivist Idea or a Concept of the English School? |newspaper=European Union Miami Analysis (EUMA) |volume=4 | |||
{{Original research|date=October 2007}} | |||
|issue=12 |pages=3–10 |publisher=Miami-Florida European Union Center of Excellence |date=May 2007 |url=http://www.miami.edu/eucenter/Boening_EuroIslam_EUMA2007edi.pdf |access-date=30 September 2009 }}</ref> | |||
Under the Conservatives (1979-1997), multicultural rhetoric and policies were confined to left-leaning councils{{Fact|date=January 2008}}. Since the election of the Labour government in 1997, multiculturalism has influenced government policies and statements{{Fact|date=January 2008}}. Precursors of present policy include the ''Race Relations Act'', and the ''British Nationality Act'' of 1948. The policy's recent harsh critics have included the ]n-born ] ] and the ]i-born ] ]. | |||
The educational approach to multiculturalism has since spread to the grade school system, as school systems try to rework their curricula to introduce students to diversity earlier – often on the grounds that it is important for minority students to see themselves represented in the classroom.<ref name="Volk2004">{{cite book|author=Terese M. Volk|title=Music, Education, and Multiculturalism: Foundations and Principles|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=PaeuLCnJLXAC&pg=PA160|date=14 October 2004|publisher=Oxford University Press|isbn=978-0-19-517975-0|page=160}}</ref><ref></ref> Studies estimated 46 million Americans ages 14 to 24 to be the most diverse generation in American society.<ref>{{cite news|last=Jayson|first=Sharon|title='Colorblind' Generation Doesn't Blink at Interracial Relationships|newspaper=USA Today|date=7 February 2006}}</ref> In 2009 and 2010, controversy erupted in Texas as the state's curriculum committee made several changes to the state's requirements, often at the expense of minorities. They chose to juxtapose ] with that of Confederate president ];<ref> Michael Birnbaum, 18 March 2010.</ref> they debated removing Supreme Court Justice ] and labor-leader ]<ref>, Stephanie Simon, 14 July 2009.</ref> and rejected calls to include more Hispanic figures, in spite of the high Hispanic population in the state.<ref>, James C. McKinley Jr., 12 March 2010.</ref> | |||
In 2005, an estimated 565,000 migrants<ref></ref> arrived to live in the UK for at least a year, while 380,000 people emigrated from the UK for a year or more, with ], ] and ] most popular destinations.<ref></ref><ref></ref> | |||
According to a 2000 analysis of ], "A distinctive feature of American terrorism is the ideological diversity of perpetrators. White racists are responsible for over a third of the deaths, and black militants have claimed almost as many. Almost all of the remaining deaths are attributable to Puerto Rican nationalists, Islamic extremists, revolutionary leftists and emigre groups."<ref>{{Cite journal |last=Hewitt |first=Christopher |date=March 2000 |title=Patterns of American terrorism 1955–1998: An historical perspective on terrorism-related fatalities |url=http://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/09546550008427546 |journal=Terrorism and Political Violence |language=en |volume=12 |issue=1 |pages=1–14 |doi=10.1080/09546550008427546 |s2cid=146734761 |issn=0954-6553}}</ref> Twenty years later, far-right and white racists were observed as the leading perpetrators of domestic terrorism in the U.S.<ref>{{cite journal |url=https://www.csis.org/analysis/escalating-terrorism-problem-united-states |title=The Escalating Terrorism Problem in the United States |website=Center for Strategic & International Studies |date=17 June 2020 |first1=Seth G. |last1=Jones |first2=Catrina |last2=Doxsee |first3=Nicholas |last3=Harrington |access-date=29 April 2023}}</ref> According to a 2020 study by the Strategic & International Studies, right-wing extremists are responsible for the murder of 329 people since 1994 <ref>{{Cite web |last=Pasley |first=James |title=Trump frequently accuses the far-left of inciting violence, yet right-wing extremists have killed 329 victims in the last 25 years, while antifa members haven't killed any, according to a new study |url=https://www.businessinsider.com/right-wing-extremists-kill-329-since-1994-antifa-killed-none-2020-7 |access-date=23 August 2023 |website=Business Insider |language=en-US}}</ref> (over half due to the terrorist bombing of the 1995 bombing of the Alfred P. Murrah building in Oklahoma City, which killed 168 people).<ref>{{Cite web |title=Oklahoma City Bombing |url=https://www.fbi.gov/history/famous-cases/oklahoma-city-bombing |access-date=23 August 2023 |website=Federal Bureau of Investigation |language=en-us}}</ref> | |||
===Malaysia=== | |||
The ] has a long history of international trade contacts, influencing its ethnic and religious composition. Predominantly ] before the 18th century, the ethnic composition changed dramatically when the British introduced new industries, and imported Chinese and Indian labour. Several regions in the then ] such as ], ] and ] became Chinese dominated. Co-existence between the three ethnicities (and other minor groups) was largely peaceful, despite the fact the immigration affected the demographic and cultural position of the Malays. | |||
==== Effect of diversity on civic engagement ==== | |||
Preceding independence of the ], a ] was negotiated as the basis of a new society. The contract as reflected in the ] states that the immigrant groups are granted citizenship, and Malays' special rights are guaranteed. This is often referred to the ] policy. | |||
A 2007 study by ] encompassing 30,000 people across the US found that diversity had a negative effect on civic engagement. The greater the diversity, the fewer people voted and the less they volunteered for community projects; also, trust among neighbours was only half that of homogenous communities.<ref>{{Cite web|url=http://archive.boston.com/news/globe/ideas/articles/2007/08/05/the_downside_of_diversity/|title=The downside of diversity |website=The Boston Globe|language=en|access-date=31 December 2018}}</ref> Putnam says, however, that "in the long run immigration and diversity are likely to have important cultural, economic, fiscal, and developmental benefits", as long as society successfully overcomes the short-term problems.<ref name="Putnam, Robert D. 2007"/> Putnam adds that his "extensive research and experience confirm the substantial benefits of diversity, including racial and ethnic diversity, to our society."<ref>{{cite news|last=Berlett|first=Tom|url=https://www.chronicle.com/blogs/percolator/robert-putnam-says-his-research-was-twisted/30357|title=Harvard Sociologist Says His Research Was 'Twisted'|date=15 August 2012|work=]}}</ref>] | |||
=== Venezuela === | |||
The formation of Malaysia itself was burdened with the 'mathematics of race'. The then Prime Minister ] would only accept Singapore as a member of the federation if ] and ] were admitted too. The Prime Minister's rationale was that the inclusion of Singapore into a new federation would make the Chinese the new majority power, at the expense of the Malays. Inclusion of the Borneo states, on the other hand, would maintain a Malay majority. | |||
Venezuela is home to a variety of ethnic groups, with an estimated population of 32 million, {{as of|2018|lc=y}}.<ref>{{Cite web|url=http://www.worldometers.info/world-population/venezuela-population/|title=Venezuela Population (2018) – Worldometers|website=worldometers.info|language=en|access-date=27 July 2018}}</ref> Their population is composed of approximately 68% mestizo, which means of mixed race.<ref>{{Cite web|url=http://www.nationsencyclopedia.com/Americas/Venezuela.html|title=Venezuela|website=nationsencyclopedia.com|language=en|access-date=27 July 2018}}</ref> Venezuelan culture is mainly composed of a mixture of their indigenous culture, Spanish, and African.<ref name="auto5">{{Cite web|url=https://www.slideshare.net/jenny78/venezuela-sociedad-multietnica-y-pluricultural|title=Venezuela sociedad multietnica y pluricultural|website=slideshare.net|language=en|access-date=27 July 2018|date=18 October 2012}}</ref> There was a heavy influence of Spanish culture due to the Spanish Conquest, which influenced their religion, language and traditions. African influence can be seen in their music.<ref name="auto5"/> While Spanish is Venezuela's main language, there are more than 40 indigenous languages spoken to this day.<ref>{{Cite web|url=http://www.studycountry.com/es/guia-paises/VE-language.htm|title=Los idiomas de Venezuela|website=Studycountry|language=es-ES|access-date=27 July 2018}}</ref> | |||
=== Colombia === | |||
<!-- Deleted image removed: ]''' saw numerous cases of ] in the ]n ] of ].]] --> | |||
{{unreferenced section|date=October 2024}} | |||
Ethnic tensions followed the formation of Malaysia in 1963. Singapore, under the leadership of ], and the federal government led by a coalition chaired by the ], had frequent disputes about the social contract. Tension between Malays and Chinese contributed to the ] in Singapore. This riot in turn partly contributed to the ]. At the same time, Malaysia was experiencing a communist insurgency known as the ]. The conflict could be seen as between the Chinese-dominated ] and the British-backed Malay-dominated government.<ref>. Time Magazine. October 6, 1952.</ref> | |||
], with an estimated population of 51 million inhabitants, is populated by a great variety of ]. Approximately 49% of its population is ], 37% white, 10% ], 3.4% ] and 0.6 ]. | |||
It is estimated that 18.8 million Colombians are direct descendants of Europeans, either by one of their parents or grandparents. Mainly from Spain, Italy, Germany, ] and England, they represent 37% of its population. The ] (Asian) descent also predominates in the country. The ]ns, Lebanese and ] are the largest post-independence immigrants to the country, so much so that Colombia has the second largest Arab colony in Latin America, with a little more than 3.2 million descendants, which represents 6.4% of its population. | |||
The worst race riot — the ] — occurred in 1969, again between Chinese and Malays. This led to the introduction of the ] which aimed to reduce economic disparities between the ethnic groups. It also introduced policies such as the ] to encourage unity among all ethnic groups in Malaysia, and promoted ] festivals such as ] and ]. In education, the national education policies included ]. Malaysia is the only country outside of China that has a Chinese education system.<ref>Tan Pek Leng. ]. . Extracted November 28 2006</ref> | |||
==Europe== | |||
These ] policies have come under pressure from orthodox Muslims and ] parties, who oppose secular and non-Islamic religious influences. The issue is related to the controversial ]. | |||
], 1910]] | |||
], 1937]] | |||
==Multiculturalism as introductory to monoculturalism== | |||
] ] station. Circa. 2005]] | |||
Multiculturalism, as generally understood, refers to ideology and policy in western ]s, which previously had a de facto national identity. Many nation-states in Africa, Asia, and the Americas are culturally diverse, and are 'multi-cultural' in a ] sense. In some, ] is a major political issue. The policies adopted by these states often have parallels with multicultural-ist policies in the ], but the historical background is different, and the goal may be a monocultural or mono-ethnic ] - for instance in the Malaysian governments attempt to create a 'Malaysian race' by 2020.<ref>]: '''', April 3rd 2003.</ref> | |||
Historically, Europe has always been a mixture of Latin, Slavic, Germanic, Uralic, Celtic, Hellenic, Illyrian, Thracian and other cultures influenced by the importation of Jewish, Christian, Muslim and other belief systems; although the continent was supposedly unified by the super-position of Imperial Roman Christianity, it is accepted that geographic and cultural differences continued from antiquity into the modern age.<ref name="OstergrenBossé2011">{{cite book|author1=Robert C. Ostergren|author2=Mathias Le Bossé|title=The Europeans: A Geography of People, Culture, and Environment|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=y-1fwix23zMC&pg=PA226|date=7 March 2011|publisher=Guilford Press|isbn=978-1-59385-384-6|page=226}}</ref> | |||
==Opposition to multiculturalism== | |||
{{Original research|date=September 2007}} | |||
Skeptics of the ideology often debate whether the multicultural ideal of benignly co-existing cultures that interrelate and influence one another, and yet remain distinct, is sustainable, paradoxical or even desirable when housed by a single nation - one that, in the case of some European nations, would previously have been synonymous with a distinctive cultural identity of its own. <ref></ref> <ref></ref><ref></ref> | |||
In the nineteenth century, the ideology of ] transformed the way Europeans thought about the ].<ref name="OstergrenBossé2011" /> Existing states were broken up and new ones created; the new ] were founded on the principle that each nation is entitled to its own ] and to engender, protect, and preserve its own unique culture and history. Unity, under this ideology, is seen as an essential feature of the nation and the nation-state; unity of descent, unity of culture, unity of language, and often unity of religion. The nation-state constitutes a culturally ] society, although some national movements recognised regional differences.<ref>{{Cite journal|last=Conversi|first=Daniele|date=2007|title=Homogenisation, nationalism and war: Should we still read Ernest Gellner?|journal=Nations and Nationalism|volume=13|issue=3|pages=371–394|doi=10.1111/j.1469-8129.2007.00292.x}}</ref> | |||
===United States=== | |||
In the United States especially, multiculturalism became associated with ] and with the rise of ethnic ]. In the 1980s and 1990s many criticisms were expressed, from both the left and right. Criticisms come from a wide variety of perspectives, but predominantly from the perspective of ], from American ] concerned about values, and from a national unity perspective. | |||
Where cultural unity was insufficient, it was encouraged and enforced by the state.<ref name="Kaplan" /> The nineteenth century nation-states developed an array of policies – the most important was compulsory primary education in the ].<ref name="Kaplan">{{cite book|author1=Guntram Henrik Herb |author2=David H. Kaplan |title=Nations and Nationalism|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=2UoQ-ueHjdEC&pg=PA522|publisher=ABC-CLIO|isbn=978-1-85109-907-8|page=522|date=22 May 2008}}</ref> The language itself was often standardised by a linguistic academy, and regional languages were ignored or suppressed. Some nation-states pursued violent policies of ] and even ].<ref name="Kaplan" /> | |||
The ] critique is related to the ] and ] critique, since it is concerned with what happens ''inside'' the cultural groups. In her 1999 essay, later expanded into an anthology, "Is Multiculturalism Bad for Women?" the feminist and political theorist ] argues that a concern for the preservation of cultural diversity should not overshadow the discriminatory nature of gender roles in many traditional minority cultures, that, at the very least, "culture" should not be used as an excuse for rolling back the ] movement. | |||
Some countries in the European Union have introduced policies for "social cohesion", "integration", and (sometimes) "assimilation". The policies include: | |||
A prominent criticism in the US, later echoed in Europe, Canada and Australia, was that multiculturalism undermined national unity, hindered social integration and ], and led to the fragmentation of society into several ethnic factions - ].<ref></ref> | |||
* Compulsory courses and/or tests on ], on the constitution and the ] (e.g., the computer-based test for individuals seeking naturalisation in the UK named ]) | |||
In 1991, ], a former advisor to the Kennedy and other US administrations and ] winner, published a book with the title ''The Disuniting of America: Reflections on a Multicultural Society.'' Schlesinger states that a new attitude — one that celebrates difference and abandons assimilation — may replace the classic image of the melting pot, in which differences are submerged in democracy. He argues that ethnic awareness has had many positive consequences to unite a nation with a "history of prejudice"; however, the "cult of ethnicity", if pushed too far, may endanger the unity of society. According to Schlesinger, multiculturalists are "very often ethnocentric separatists who see little in the Western heritage other than Western crimes." Their "mood is one of divesting Americans of their sinful European inheritance and seeking redemptive infusions from non-Western cultures."<ref>Schlesinger, Jr. Arthur M., ''The Disuniting of America: Reflections on a Multicultural Society'', Whittle Books, 1991. Revised/expanded edition W. W. Norton & Company, 1998.</ref> | |||
* Introduction of an official national history, such as the national ] defined for the ] by the ] Commission,<ref>{{cite web|url=http://www.entoen.nu/ |title=Official Web site |publisher=Entoen.nu |access-date=10 December 2010}}</ref> and promotion of that history (e.g., by exhibitions about ]) | |||
* Tests designed to elicit "unacceptable" values. In ], immigrants are asked what they would do if their son says he is a homosexual (the desired answer is that they would accept it).<ref>BBC report at , full list of questions in German at </ref> | |||
Other countries have instituted policies which encourage cultural separation.<ref name="ReitzBreton2009">{{cite book|author1=Jeffrey G. Reitz|author2=Raymond Breton|author3=Karen Kisiel Dion |author4=Kenneth L. Dion|title=Multiculturalism and Social Cohesion: Potentials and Challenges of Diversity|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=j1uUIUjqLkgC&pg=PA17|year=2009|publisher=Springer Science & Business Media|isbn=978-1-4020-9958-8|pages=17–20}}</ref> The concept of "]" proposed by France in the ] (GATT) negotiations in 1993 was an example of a measure aimed at protecting local cultures.<ref name="GraberNenova2008">{{cite book|author1=Christoph Beat Graber|author2=Mira Burri Nenova|title=Intellectual property and traditional cultural expressions in a digital environment|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=gK6OI0hrANsC&pg=PA87|date=30 November 2008|publisher=Edward Elgar Publishing|isbn=978-1-84720-921-4|pages=87–88}}</ref> | |||
In his 1991 work, ''Illiberal Education'',<ref>{{cite book |author=D'Souza, Dinesh |title=Illiberal Education: The Politics of Race and Sex on Campus |publisher=Free Press |location=New York |year=1991 |pages= |isbn=0-684-86384-7 |oclc= |doi=}}</ref> ] <!---can someone include the full reference?---> argues that the entrenchment of multiculturalism in American universities undermined the universalist values that liberal education once attempted to foster. In particular, he was disturbed by the growth of ethnic studies programs (e.g., ]). | |||
===Bulgaria=== | |||
], political scientist and author, known for his ] theory, has described multiculturalism as "basically an anti-Western ideology." According to Huntington, multiculturalism has "attacked the identification of the United States with Western civilization, denied the existence of a common American culture, and promoted racial, ethnic, and other subnational cultural identities and groupings."<ref>], ''The Clash of Civilizations and the Remaking of World Order'', New York, Simon & Schuster, 1996 ISBN 0-684-84441-9</ref> | |||
]]] ] in Sofia]] | |||
Since its establishment in the seventh century, ] has hosted many religions, ethnic groups and nations. The capital city ] is the only European city that has peacefully functioning, within walking distance of 300 metres,<ref>{{cite web|url=https://www.panoramio.com/photo_explorer#view=photo&position=55&with_photo_id=7648128&order=date_desc&user=671534 |title=Panoramio.com |publisher=panoramio.com |date=1 January 1970 |access-date=15 July 2013 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130715092150/http://www.panoramio.com/photo_explorer |archive-date=15 July 2013 }}</ref><ref>{{cite web |author=Alan Horton |url=http://bulgariafocus.com/religionsinbulgaria.html |title=Everything you want to know about the country of Bulgaria |publisher=Bulgaria Focus |access-date=29 January 2012 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120103220916/http://www.bulgariafocus.com/religionsinbulgaria.html |archive-date=3 January 2012 }}</ref> four ] of the major religions: Eastern Orthodox (]), Islam (]), Roman Catholicism (]), and Orthodox Judaism (], the third-largest synagogue in Europe). | |||
This unique arrangement has been called by historians a "multicultural cliche".<ref>Detrez, Raymond; Segaert, Barbara, 2008, Europe and the Historical Legacies in the Balkans (Multiple Europes), P.I.E. Peter Lang s.a., {{ISBN|978-90-5201-374-9}}, p. 55</ref> It has also become known as "The Square of Religious Tolerance"<ref>Ban, Ki-moon, {{webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130517110042/http://www.ceibs.edu/ase/Documents/diplomacy06.pdf |date=17 May 2013 }}</ref><ref>{{cite web|url=http://www.vagobond.com/vagobond-bulgaria-part-2-sofia-places-worship/|title=Vagobond in Bulgaria – Part 2 – Sofia Places of Worship – Vagobond|date=1 February 2014|website=vagobond.com|access-date=22 October 2017|url-status=dead|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20171016023758/http://www.vagobond.com/vagobond-bulgaria-part-2-sofia-places-worship/|archive-date=16 October 2017}}</ref> and has initiated the construction of a 100-square-metre scale model of the site that is to become a symbol of the capital.<ref>{{cite web|author=В.Е. |url=http://news.ibox.bg/news/id_2097364880 |title=News.bg – Макет на 4 храма – туристически символ на София |date=3 May 2010 |publisher=News.ibox.bg |access-date=29 January 2012}}</ref><ref>{{cite web |url=http://bnr.bg/sites/en/Lifestyle/MapOfBulgaria/Pages/0405SofiasymbolNew.aspx |title=Sofia's new tourist symbol | Radio Bulgaria |publisher=Bnr.bg |access-date=29 January 2012 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120622064217/http://bnr.bg/sites/en/Lifestyle/MapOfBulgaria/Pages/0405SofiasymbolNew.aspx |archive-date=22 June 2012 }}</ref><ref>{{cite web |url=http://www.sofiasymbol.bg/ |title=София – Мъдрост в действие |publisher=Sofiasymbol.bg |access-date=29 January 2012 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120127091513/http://www.sofiasymbol.bg/ |archive-date=27 January 2012 |url-status=dead }}</ref> | |||
Criticism of multiculturalism in the US was not always synonymous with ]. Some politicians did address both themes, notably ], who in 1993 described multiculturalism as "an across-the-board assault on our Anglo-American heritage."{{Fact|date=August 2007}} Buchanan and other ] argue that multiculturalism is the ideology of the modern ], an ongoing regime that remains in power, regardless of what political party holds a majority. It acts in the name of abstract goals, such as equality or positive rights, and uses its claim of moral superiority, power of taxation and wealth redistribution to keep itself in power.{{Fact|date=June 2007}} | |||
Furthermore, unlike some other ] allies or German-occupied countries excluding ], Bulgaria managed to save its entire 48,000-strong Jewish population during World War II from deportation to ].<ref>{{cite book |first=Tzvetan |last=Todorov |title=The Fragility of Goodness: Why Bulgaria's Jews Survived the Holocaust |translator=Arthur Denner |year=2003 |publisher=Princeton University Press |url=http://press.princeton.edu/titles/7026.html |isbn=9780691115641 |access-date=31 December 2011 |archive-date=9 July 2010 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20100709092623/http://press.princeton.edu/titles/7026.html |url-status=dead }}</ref><ref>{{cite book|last=Levi |first=Primo |title= Beyond Hitler's Grasp|publisher=Adams Media |year= 2001 |isbn=978-1580625418}}</ref> According to Dr Marinova-Christidi, the main reason for the efforts of Bulgarian people to save their Jewish population during WWII is that within the region, they "co-existed for centuries with other religions" – giving it a unique multicultural and multiethnic history.<ref>{{cite news|author=Leadel.Net |url=http://www.jpost.com/JewishWorld/JewishFeatures/Article.aspx?id=200216 |title=Exclusive video: 'Restoring the crown to former glory' | newspaper=The Jerusalem Post | Jpost.com |publisher=Jpost.com |access-date=29 January 2012}}</ref> | |||
Multiculturalism has also been attacked through satire, such as the following proposition by ]. | |||
<blockquote> | |||
The Diversity Theorem: Groups of people from anywhere in the world, mixed together in any numbers and proportions whatsoever, will eventually settle down as a harmonious society, appreciating—nay, celebrating!—their differences... which will of course soon disappear entirely. </blockquote> | |||
This theorem is held to be false by Derbyshire and other paleoconservatives.<ref></ref> | |||
Consequently, within the Balkan region, Bulgaria has become an example for multiculturalism in terms of variety of religions, artistic creativity<ref>, Apostolov, Apostol, Anthropology of East Europe Review, Vol 26, No 1 (2008), Cambridge University Press</ref> and ethnicity.<ref>Ruegg, Francois, 2007, Interculturalism and Discrimination in Romania: Policies, Practices, Identities and Representations, Lit Verlag, {{ISBN|978-3-8258-8075-0}}</ref><ref>Hristova, Svetlana, 2004, , Scientific Research, University Publishing House, South-West University, Blagoevgrad</ref> Its largest ethnic minority groups, Turks and Roma, enjoy wide political representation. In 1984, following a campaign by the Communist regime for a forcible change of the Islamic names of the Turkish minority,<ref>The history of Turkish community in Bulgaria, Ibrahim Yalamov</ref><ref>The Human Rights of Muslims in Bulgaria in Law and Politics since 1878, Bulgarian Helsinki Committee, 2003</ref><ref>{{cite web |url=http://www.pomak.eu/en/content/bulgarian-mps-officially-condemn-revival-process |title=Bulgarian MPs Officially Condemn 'Revival Process' |publisher=Pomak.eu |access-date=1 July 2013 |archive-date=16 May 2013 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130516135604/http://www.pomak.eu/en/content/bulgarian-mps-officially-condemn-revival-process |url-status=dead }}</ref><ref>The Bulgarian state and Bulgarian Turks (to the mid-1930s until the early-1990s), Bulgarian Archive State Agency</ref> an underground organisation called «National Liberation Movement of the Turks in Bulgaria» was formed which headed the Turkish community's opposition movement. On 4 January 1990, the activists of the movement registered an organisation with the legal name ] (MRF) (in Bulgarian: Движение за права и свободи: in Turkish: Hak ve Özgürlükler Hareketi) in the Bulgarian city of Varna. At the moment of registration, it had 33 members, at present, according to the organisation's website, 68,000 members plus 24,000 in the organisation's youth wing . In 2012, Bulgarian Turks were represented at every level of government: local, with MRF having mayors in 35 municipalities, at parliamentary level with MRF having 38 deputies (14% of the votes in Parliamentary elections for 2009–13)<ref>{{cite web|url=http://rezultati.cik2009.bg/results/proportional/rik_00.html |title=ЦИК : Резултати |publisher=Rezultati.cik2009.bg |date=1 January 1970 |access-date=1 April 2012 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120225103151/http://rezultati.cik2009.bg/results/proportional/rik_00.html |archive-date=25 February 2012 }}</ref> and at executive level, where there is one Turkish minister, ]. 21 Roma political organisations were founded between 1997–2003 in Bulgaria.<ref name="autogenerated2">{{cite web|year = 2005|url = http://www.politeia.net/themes/citizenship_and_participation/the_political_representation_of_the_roma_minority_in_bulgaria_1990_2005|title = The Political Representation of the Roma Minority in Bulgaria: (1990–2005)|publisher = POLITEIA – Participation for Citizenship and Democracy in Europe|access-date = 1 April 2012|url-status = dead|archive-url = https://web.archive.org/web/20120420200504/http://www.politeia.net/Themes/citizenship_and_participation/the_political_representation_of_the_roma_minority_in_bulgaria_1990_2005|archive-date = 20 April 2012}}</ref> | |||
], another conservative critic of multiculturalism, has argued that although multiculturalism is meant to promote the value of each culture, the reality is that its real tendency has been to undermine America's traditional majority culture. In Auster's view, multiculturalism has tended to "downgrade our national culture while raising the status and power of other cultures." | |||
===France=== | |||
He writes: | |||
{{Further|Immigration to France}} | |||
After the end of World War II in 1945, immigration significantly increased. During the period of reconstruction, France lacked the labour to do so, and as a result; the French Government was eager to recruit immigrants coming from all over Europe, the Americas, Africa and Asia. | |||
Although there was a presence of, ] since the late-nineteenth century (mostly students and workers), a wave of Vietnamese migrated after 1954. These migrants consisted of those who were loyal to the colonial government and those married to French colonists. Following the ], students and professionals from ] continued to arrive in France. Although many initially returned to the country after a few years, as the ] situation worsened, a majority decided to remain in France and brought their families over as well.<ref> {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20131203000103/http://eglasie.mepasie.org/divers-horizons/1995-10-16-la-diaspora-vietnamienne-en-france-un-cas |date=3 December 2013}} (in French)</ref> | |||
<blockquote>The formal meaning of “diversity,” “cultural equity,” “gorgeous mosaic” and so on is a society in which many different cultures will live together in perfect equality and peace (i.e., a society that has never existed and never will exist); the real meaning of these slogans is that the power of the existing mainstream society to determine its own destiny shall be drastically reduced while the power of other groups, formerly marginal or external to that society, will be increased. In other words the U.S. must, in the name of diversity, abandon its particularity while the very groups making that demand shall hold on to theirs.<ref>Auster, L. (1990). '''', Charles Town, West Virginia: Old Line Press (ISBN 0-936247-12-6)</ref></blockquote> | |||
This period also saw a significant wave of immigrants from ]. As the ] started in 1954, there were already 200,000 Algerian immigrants in France.<ref name="histoire-immigration.fr">"Le film: deux siècles d'histoire de l'immigration en France." http://www.histoire-immigration.fr/histoire-de-l-immigration/le-film {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20170102185749/http://www.histoire-immigration.fr/histoire-de-l-immigration/le-film |date=2 January 2017 }}</ref> However, because of the tension between the Algerians and the French, these immigrants were no longer welcome. This conflict between the two sides led to the ] of 17 October 1961, when the police used force against an Algerian demonstration on the streets of Paris. After the war, after Algeria gained its independence, the free circulation between France and Algeria was once again allowed, and the number of Algerian immigrants started to increase drastically. From 1962–75, the Algerian immigrant population increased from 350,000 to 700,000.<ref>"En 1962, lors de l'Indépendance, ils sont 350 000. En 1975 les émigrants algériens sont 710 000 et constituent le deuxième groupe d'étrangers après les Portugais." "De 1945 à 1975." {{cite web |url=http://www.histoire-immigration.fr/dix-themes-pour-connaitre-deux-siecles-d-histoire-de-l-immigration/emigrer/de-1945-a-1975 |title=De 1945 à 1975 | Cité nationale de l'histoire de l'immigration |access-date=22 February 2012 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110912030132/http://www.histoire-immigration.fr/dix-themes-pour-connaitre-deux-siecles-d-histoire-de-l-immigration/emigrer/de-1945-a-1975 |archive-date=12 September 2011 }}</ref> Many of these immigrants were known as the "]s", and the others were known as the "]". The "harkis" were Algerians who supported the French during the Algerian War; once the war was over, they were deeply resented by other Algerians, and thus had to flee to France. The "pieds-noirs" were European settlers who moved to Algeria, but migrated back to France since 1962 when Algeria declared independence. | |||
According to Auster: | |||
According to Erik Bleich, multiculturalism in France faced stiff resistance in the educational sector, especially regarding recent Muslim arrivals from Algeria. Gatekeepers often warned that multiculturalism was a threat to the historic basis of French culture.<ref>Erik Bleich,. "From international ideas to domestic policies: Educational multiculturalism in England and France." ''Comparative Politics'' (1998): 81–100 .</ref> | |||
<blockquote>Since multiculturalism claims to stand for the sanctity and worth of each culture, the discovery that its real tendency is to dismantle the existing, European-based culture of the United States should have instantly discredited it.<ref>Lawrence Auster, "," The Social Contract, Spring 2004.</ref></blockquote> | |||
Jeremy Jennings finds three positions among elites regarding the question of reconciling traditional French Republican principles with multiculturalism. The traditionalists refuse to make any concessions and instead insist on clinging to the historic republican principles of ] and the secular state in which religion and ethnicity are always ignored. In the middle are modernising republicans who uphold republicanism but also accept some elements of cultural pluralism. Finally there are multiculturalist republicans who envision a pluralist conception of French identity and seek an appreciation of the positive values brought to France by the minority cultures.<ref>Jeremy Jennings, "Citizenship, Republicanism and Multiculturalism in Contemporary France," ''British Journal of Political Science'' (2000) 30#4 575–597.</ref> | |||
Another critic of multiculturalism is the political theorist ]. In his 2002 book ''Culture and Equality: An ] Critique of Multiculturalism'',<ref>{{cite book |author=Barry, Brian M. |title=Culture and Equality: An Egalitarian Critique of Multiculturalism |publisher=Harvard University Press |location=Cambridge |year=2002 |pages= |isbn=0-674-01001-9 |oclc= |doi=}}</ref> he argues that some forms of multiculturalism can divide people, although they need to unite in order to fight for social justice.{{Fact|date=October 2007}} | |||
A major attack on multiculturalism came in ] of 2003 which denounces "Islamism" as deeply opposed to the mainstream interpretations of French culture. It is portrayed as a dangerous political agenda that will create a major obstacle for Muslims to comply with ].<ref>Jennifer A. Selby, "Islam in France reconfigured: Republican Islam in the 2010 Gerin report." ''Journal of Muslim Minority Affairs'' 31.3 (2011): 383–398.</ref> Murat Akan, however, argues that the Stasi Report and the new regulations against the ] and religious symbols in the schools must be set against gestures toward multiculturalism, such as the creation of Muslim schools under contract with the government.<ref>Murat Akan, "Laïcité and multiculturalism: the Stasi Report in context," ''British Journal of Sociology'' (2009) 60#2 pp 237–256 .</ref> | |||
], a professor of psychology at California State University, Long Beach, has argued in his trilogy of books on Judaism that Jews have been prominent as main ideologues and promoters of multiculturalism in an attempt to end anti-semitism.<ref>MacDonald, Kevin B. (1998, 2002). ''The Culture of Critique''. Westport, CT: Praeger, 1998. Bloomington, IN: 1stbooks Library, 2002. ISBN 0-275-96113-3</ref> MacDonald considers multiculturalism to be dangerous to the West, concluding in his Jack London Literary Price acceptance speech: | |||
<blockquote> | |||
that some ethnic groups—especially ones with high levels of ethnocentrism and mobilization—will undoubtedly continue to function as groups far into the foreseeable future, unilateral renunciation of ethnic loyalties by some groups means only their surrender and defeat—the Darwinian dead end of extinction. The future, then, like the past, will inevitably be a Darwinian competition in which ethnicity plays a very large role.</blockquote> | |||
<blockquote> | |||
The alternative faced by Europeans throughout the Western world is to place themselves in a position of enormous vulnerability in which their destinies will be determined by other peoples, many of whom hold deep historically conditioned hatreds toward them. Europeans’ promotion of their own displacement is the ultimate foolishness—an historical mistake of catastrophic proportions.<ref></ref> | |||
</blockquote> | |||
=== |
===Germany=== | ||
{{Main|Immigration to Germany}} | |||
Approximately 20% of today's Canadian citizens were born outside Canada,<ref>{{cite book |title=OECD Factbook 2007 |publisher=Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development |year=2007 |pages=pp. 252-253 |isbn=92-64-02946-X |oclc= |doi= |url=http://www.oecd.org/dataoecd/15/37/38336539.pdf}}</ref> the highest net immigration rate per capita in the world.<ref name="highest immigration">{{cite web |author=Benjamin Dolin and Margaret Young, Law and Government Division |publisher=Library of Parliament |url=http://www.parl.gc.ca/information/library/PRBpubs/bp190-e.htm | |||
In October 2010, ] told a meeting of younger members of her ] (CDU) party at ], near ], that attempts to build a multicultural society in Germany had "utterly failed",<ref name="fail">{{cite news|url=https://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-europe-11559451|work=BBC News |title=Merkel says German multicultural society has failed|date=17 October 2010}}</ref> stating: "The concept that we are now living side by side and are happy about it does not work".<ref name="fail" /><ref>{{cite news|title= Germans argue over integration|work= BBC|date=30 November 2004|url= http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/4056109.stm|access-date=18 October 2010|first=Ray|last=Furlong}}</ref> She continued to say that immigrants should integrate and adopt Germany's culture and values. This has added to a growing debate within Germany<ref>{{cite news| url=https://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-europe-11532699|work=BBC News|title=Germany's charged immigration debate|date=17 October 2010}}</ref> on the levels of immigration, its effect on Germany and the degree to which middle eastern immigrants have integrated into German society.<ref>,</ref> In 2015, Merkel again criticized multiculturalism on the grounds that it leads to ].<ref>{{Cite news|url=https://www.washingtonpost.com/news/worldviews/wp/2015/12/14/angela-merkel-multiculturalism-is-a-sham/|title=Multiculturalism is a sham, says Angela Merkel|date=14 December 2015|newspaper=]|access-date=24 February 2019}}</ref> | |||
|title=Canada's Immigration Program |date=]|accessdate=2008-01-06}}</ref> Recent immigrants are largely concentrated in the cities of Vancouver, Montreal and Toronto, which have high population growth due to this concentrated immigration{{Fact|date=June 2008}}. The policy of multiculturalism was officially enforced in the ] by Prime Minister ], with the introduction of the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms which officially recognized that (27) the "Charter shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with the preservation and enhancement of the multicultural heritage of Canadians" .<ref></ref> | |||
The ] Muslim Community of Germany is the first Muslim group to have been granted "corporation under public law status", putting the community on par with the major Christian churches and Jewish communities of Germany.<ref>{{cite news | url=http://www.dw.de/muslims-in-germany-have-rights-and-obligations/a-16888992 | title=Muslims in Germany have rights and obligations | date=18 June 2013 | access-date=7 June 2014}}</ref> | |||
====Criticism from Quebec==== | |||
To many Quebecers, despite an official national bilingualism policy, multiculturalism threatened to reduce them to just another ethnic group. <!-- Of all Canadian provinces, Quebec has been the least supportive of multiculturalism, due in part to a widespread view that multiculturalism was implemented at the federal level to dilute the two founding peoples philosophy which had preceded it, thereby diminishing the place of the province's French majority within Canada. Instead, -->Quebec's policy seek to promote ], welcoming people of all origins while insisting that they integrate into Quebec's majority French-speaking society. In 2008, a Consultation Commission on Accommodation Practices Related to Cultural Differences, headed by sociologist ] and philosopher ], recognized that Quebec is a ''de facto'' pluralist society, but that the Canadian multiculturalism model "does not appear well suited to conditions in Quebec".<ref name=qcca></ref> Four reasons were given by the commissionners against multiculturalism for the Quebec society: a) anxiety over language is not an important factor in English Canada; b) minority insecurity is not found there; c) there is no longer a majority ethnic group in Canada (citizen of British origin account for 34% of the population, whereas citizen of French-Canadian origin form 77% of Quebec population); d) less concern for the preservation of a founding cultural tradition is found in English Canada. Interculturalism, the commissionners pleaded, "seeks to reconcile ethnocultural diversity with the continuity of the French-speaking core and the preservation of the social link".<ref name=qcca/> | |||
=== Luxembourg === | |||
This policy seeks to integrate immigrants into the mainstream French-speaking province of Quebec on the basis of French as the common public language of all Québécois; all residents are in this way held to be invited to participate in a common ]. Interculturalism is in this way consistent with the Quebec government's view of itself as the "national" government for all Québécois. Interculturalism strongly emphasizes interaction between the communities, in particular by sharing the same school system, which provides a cultural anchor, and by intercommunity action, while it recognizes the right to maintain an affiliation with one's ethnic group and the right for cultural and religious differences to be displayed in the public domain. | |||
Luxembourg has one of the highest foreign-born populations in Europe, foreigners account for nearly half of the country's total population.<ref>Sarah Krouse, "Piping Hot Gromperekichelcher, Only if You Pass the Sproochentest." WALL STREET JOURNAL, 19 January 2018, p.1</ref> The majority of foreigners are from: ], France, Italy, Germany, and ].<ref>"." Statnews 16/2013, op statec.lu, 18 April 2013. (in French).</ref> In total, 170 different nationalities make up the population of Luxembourg, out of this; 86% are of European descent.<ref name="auto1">{{Cite news|url=https://www.justarrived.lu/en/practical-information/population-in-luxembourg/|title=Luxembourg, an ever-growing multicultural population|work=JUST ARRIVED|access-date=22 July 2018|language=en-US}}</ref> The official languages of Luxembourg are German, French, and ] all of which are supported in the Luxembourg government and education system.<ref name="auto1"/><ref>{{Cite web|url=http://www.unavarra.es/tel2l/eng/luxembourg.htm|title=The Trilingual Education system in Luxembourg|website=unavarra.es|access-date=22 July 2018}}</ref> In 2005, Luxembourg officially promoted and implemented the objectives of the ] Convention on the Protection and Promotion of the Diversity of Cultural Expressions. This Convention affirms multicultural policies in Luxembourg and creates political awareness of cultural diversity.<ref>{{Cite web|url=https://en.unesco.org/countries/luxembourg/conventions?title=&field_date_d_m_y_value%5Bvalue%5D%5Bdate%5D=|title=Conventions – Luxembourg|website=UNESCO|language=en|access-date=22 July 2018}}</ref> | |||
===Netherlands=== | |||
====Criticism from English Canada==== | |||
{{Main|Multiculturalism in the Netherlands}} | |||
In English Canada, the most noted critics of multiculturalism are ], ], and ]. As a young man, McRoberts worked for the Royal Commission on Bilingualism and Biculturalism, and his career as a political scientist has roughly coincided with the policy of multiculturalism. Against the view that the shift in official discourse from biculturalism to multiculturalism has had a neutral effect on relations between ] and the rest of Canada, McRoberts believes that it was disastrous for Canadian nationalism, as it offended Québécois and their dualistic vision of Canada as a bilingual and bicultural society. | |||
], built in 2001]] | |||
Multiculturalism in the Netherlands began with major increases in immigration to the Netherlands during the mid-1950s and 1960s.<ref name="Wessendorf2010">{{cite book|author=Susanne Wessendorf|title=The multiculturalism backlash: European discourses, policies and practices|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=wUaHVimJkT0C&pg=PA73|year=2010|publisher=Taylor & Francis|isbn=978-0-415-55649-1|pages=73–75}}</ref> As a consequence, an official national policy of multiculturalism was adopted in the early-1980s.<ref name="Wessendorf2010" /> Different groups could themselves determine religious and cultural matters, while state authorities would handle matters of housing and work policy.<ref name=":8">{{Cite web|url=http://kjonnsforskning.no/nb/2017/03/norske-likestillingsidealer-gjor-muslimske-kvinner-mer-religiose|title=Likestillingsidealer gjør muslimske kvinner mer religiøse|last=iStockphoto|first=Illustrasjonsfoto|website=Kilden|date=28 March 2017 |language=nb|access-date=24 February 2019}}</ref> | |||
In the 1990s, the public debate were generally optimistic on immigration and the prevailing view was that a multicultural policy would reduce the social economic disparities over time.<ref name=":8" /> | |||
In his ''Selling Illusions: The Cult of Multiculturalism in Canada'', the ]-born Bissoondath argues that official multiculturalism limits the freedom of minority members, by confining them to cultural and geographic ]s. He also argues that cultures are very complex, and must be transmitted through close family and kin relations. To him, the government view of cultures as being about festivals and cuisine is a crude oversimplification that leads to easy stereotyping. | |||
This policy subsequently gave way to more assimilationist policies in the 1990s and post-electoral surveys uniformly showed from 1994 onwards that a majority preferred that immigrants assimilated rather than retained the culture of their country of origin.<ref name="Wessendorf2010" /><ref>{{Cite web|last=Damhuis|first=Koen|date=2019|title="The biggest problem in the Netherlands": Understanding the Party for Freedom's politicization of Islam|url=https://www.brookings.edu/research/the-biggest-problem-in-the-netherlands-understanding-the-party-for-freedoms-politicization-of-islam/|access-date=28 February 2021|website=Brookings|language=en-US}}</ref> | |||
Daniel Stoffman's ''Who Gets In'' raises serious questions about the policy of Canadian multiculturalism. Stoffman points out that many cultural practices, such as allowing dog meat to be served in restaurants and street cockfighting, are simply incompatible with Canadian and Western culture. He also raises concern about the number of recent immigrants who are not being linguistically integrated into Canada (i.e., not learning either English or French). He stresses that multiculturalism works better in theory than in practice.{{Fact|date=March 2008}} | |||
Following the ] in the United States and the murders of ] (in 2002) and ] (in 2004), there was increased political debate on the role of multiculturalism in the Netherlands.<ref name=":8" /><ref name="ModoodTriandafyllidou2006">{{cite book|author1=Tariq Modood|author2=Anna Triandafyllidou|author3-link=Ricard Zapata-Barrero|author3=Ricard Zapata-Barrero|title=Multiculturalism, Muslims and citizenship: a European approach|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=7OAAV5eEmy4C&pg=PA27|date=6 April 2006|publisher=Routledge|isbn=978-0-415-35515-5|page=27|author1-link=Tariq Modood}}</ref> | |||
Another more recent and conservative criticism, based largely upon the Nordic and Canadian experience, is presented by the administrative scientist Gunnar K. A. Njalsson, who views multiculturalism as a utopian ideology with a simplistic and overly optimistic view of human nature, the same weakness he attributes to communism, anarchism, and many strains of liberalism. According to Njalsson, multiculturalism is particular to a Western urban environment and cannot survive as an ideology outside it. Some variants of multiculturalism, he believes, may equip non-egalitarian cultural groups with power and influence. This, in turn, may alter the value system of the larger society. This realist criticism of multiculturalism also asserts that in Western "settler societies", such as Canada, Australia, New Zealand and the United States, multiculturalism may aggravate a situation where old-stock families are too far removed from their ancestral homelands in Europe to still consider themselves English, French, Irish, German etc., while newer arrivals can claim two or more national identities. <ref>CBC Viewpoint</ref> | |||
], Chief Rabbi of the United Hebrew Congregations of the Commonwealth, made a distinction between tolerance and multiculturalism, citing the Netherlands as a tolerant, rather than multicultural, society.<ref>{{cite news |url=https://www.bbc.co.uk/news/magazine-12381027 |date=7 February 2011 |title=Multiculturalism: What does it mean? |newspaper=]}}</ref> In June 2011, the ] said the Netherlands would turn away from multiculturalism: "Dutch culture, norms and values must be dominant" ] said.<ref>{{cite news |url=http://www.elsevier.nl/web/Nieuws/Politiek/300160/Donner-Afscheid-van-multiculturele-samenleving-Nederland.htm |date=16 June 2011 |title=Donner: Afscheid van multiculturele samenleving Nederland |newspaper=] |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20111129202053/http://www.elsevier.nl/web/Nieuws/Politiek/300160/Donner-Afscheid-van-multiculturele-samenleving-Nederland.htm |archive-date=29 November 2011 }}</ref> | |||
===Australia=== | |||
The response to multiculturalism in Australia has been extremely varied, with a recent wave of criticism against it in the past decade. An anti-immigration party, the ], was formed by ] in the late 1990s. The party enjoyed significant electoral success for a while, most notably in its home state of ], but is now electorally marginalized. One Nation called for the abolition of multiculturalism on the grounds that it represented "a threat to the very basis of the Australian culture, identity and shared values", arguing that there was "no reason why migrant cultures should be maintained at the expense of our shared, national culture."<ref></ref> | |||
===Romania=== | |||
A Federal Government proposal in 2006 to introduce a compulsory citizenship test, which would assess English skills and knowledge of Australian values, sparked renewed debate over the future of multiculturalism in Australia. ], then Parliamentary Secretary for Immigration and Multicultural Affairs, told a conference in November 2006 that some Australians worried the term "multicultural" had been transformed by interest groups into a philosophy that put "allegiances to original culture ahead of national loyalty, a philosophy which fosters separate development, a federation of ethnic cultures, not one community". He added: "A community of separate cultures fosters a rights mentality, rather than a responsibilities mentality. It is divisive. It works against quick and effective integration."<ref>]: National identity in spotlight, November 28, 2006 .</ref> The Australian citizenship test commenced in October 2007 for all new citizens between the ages of 18 and 60.<ref> ]: Overview of the citizenship test </ref> | |||
Since Antiquity, Romania has hosted many religious and ethnic groups, including Roma people, Hungarians, Germans, Turks, Greeks, Tatars, Slovaks, Serbs, Jews and others. Unfortunately, during the WW2 and the Communism, most of these ethnic groups chose to emigrate to other countries. However, since the 1990s, Romania has received a growing number of immigrants and refugees, most of them from the Arab World, Asia or Africa. Immigration is expected to increase in the future, as large numbers of Romanian workers leave the country and are being replaced by foreigners.<ref>{{cite web|url=http://www.ziare.com/actual/social/10-14-2008/imigrantii-in-romania-nu-se-bucura-de-drepturile-care-li-s-ar-cuveni-434535 |title=Imigrantii in Romania nu se bucura de drepturile care li s-ar cuveni |publisher=Ziare.com |access-date=8 October 2013}}</ref><ref>{{cite web|url=http://www.ziare.com/actual/diaspora/07-14-2009/le-monde-romania-noua-destinatie-a-imigrantilor-818911 |title=Le Monde: Romania, noua destinatie a imigrantilor |publisher=Ziare.com |date=13 July 2009 |access-date=8 October 2013}}</ref> | |||
=== Scandinavia === | |||
In January 2007 the ] removed the word 'multicultural' from the name of the Department of Immigration and Multicultural Affairs, changing its name to the ]. | |||
] district in ], ], is highly multicultural.<ref> {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200606154215/https://www.uuttahelsinkia.fi/fi/esikaupungit/rakentaminen/vuosaari |date=6 June 2020 }} (in Finnish)</ref><ref> {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200606154208/https://www.helsinginuutiset.fi/paikalliset/1440569 |date=6 June 2020 }} (in Finnish)</ref>]] | |||
Multiculturalism in Scandinavia has centered on discussions about marriage, dress, religious schools, Muslim funeral rites and gender equality. ]s have been widely debated in Denmark, Sweden and Norway but the countries differ in policy and responses by authorities.<ref name=":1">{{Cite web|url=http://kjonnsforskning.no/nb/2006/05/multikulturalisme-i-skandinavia|title=Multikulturalisme i Skandinavia|website=kjonnsforskning.no (sub-unit of the Research Council of Norway)|date=30 May 2006 |language=nb|access-date=24 February 2019}}</ref> | |||
Sweden has the most permissive policies while Denmark the most restrictive ones. | |||
=====Intellectual critique===== | |||
One of the earliest critics of multiculturalism in Australia was historian ], who warned that it threatened to transform Australia into a "cluster of tribes". In his 1984 book '']'', Blainey criticized multiculturalism for tending to "emphasize the rights of ethnic minorities at the expense of the majority of Australians" and also for tending "to be anti-British, and yet the people from the United Kingdom and Ireland form the dominant class of pre-war immigrants and the largest single group of post-war immigrants." According to Blainey, such a policy, with its "emphasis on what is different and on the rights of the new minority rather than the old majority," was unnecessarily creating division and threatened national cohesion. He argued that "the evidence is clear that many multicultural societies have failed and that the human cost of the failure has been high", and warned that "we should think very carefully about the perils of converting Australia into a giant multicultural laboratory for the assumed benefit of the peoples of the world."<ref>Blainey, G. (1984). ''All For Australia'', North Ryde, NSW: Methuen Haynes (ISBN 0-454-00828-7)</ref> | |||
==== Denmark ==== | |||
Blainey remained a persistent critic of multiculturalism into the 1990s, denouncing multiculturalism as "morally, intellectually and economically ... a sham". | |||
{{Main|Immigration to Denmark}} | |||
{{Multiple issues|section=1| | |||
{{Weasel|section|date=January 2019}} | |||
{{POV section|date=January 2019}} | |||
}} | |||
In 2001, Denmark, a liberal-conservative coalition government with the support of the ] which instituted less pluralistic policy, geared more towards ].<ref name=":1" /> | |||
Following the upsurge of support for the ] in 1996, ]-born Australian anthropologist ] published a notable critique in 1997 of Australian multiculturalism in the book White Nation.<ref>"Hage, G. (1997) White Nation: Fantasies of White supremacy in a multicultural society, Annandale, NSW: Pluto Press (ISBN 1-86403-056-9)"</ref> Drawing on theoretical frameworks from ], ] and ], Hage examined a range of everyday ]s that implicated both anti-multiculturalists and pro-multiculturalists alike. The book was taken by many merely to be an attack on Australia's Anglo-Celtic majority{{Fact|date=September 2007}}, but its analysis is more sophisticated than a charge of ] by the dominant ethnic group. Hage's analysis suggests that Australian multiculturalism has fallen a long way short of its original ideals and works much more as a form of ] by the participation of ] and non-white people, pro- and anti-multiculturalists alike in maintaining the centrality of a set of cultural values associated with ]. | |||
A 2018 study found that increases in local ethnic diversity in Denmark caused "rightward shifts in election outcomes by shifting electoral support away from traditional "big government" left‐wing parties and towards anti‐immigrant nationalist parties."<ref>{{cite journal |last1=Harmon |first1=Nikolaj A. |title=Immigration, Ethnic Diversity, and Political Outcomes: Evidence from Denmark |journal=The Scandinavian Journal of Economics |date=October 2018 |volume=120 |issue=4 |pages=1043–1074 |doi=10.1111/sjoe.12239 |s2cid=54936991 |url=http://www.econ.ku.dk/nharmon/docs/harmon2013immigration.pdf }}</ref> | |||
===The Netherlands=== | |||
In the 1950s, the ] was generally a mono-ethnic and monocultural society: it was not explicitly ], but almost everyone could speak standard ]; ] was the only indigenous minority language. Its inhabitants shared a classic national identity, with a national ] emphasising the ], and national heroes such as Admiral ]. Dutch society was segmented along religious and ideological lines, sometimes coinciding with differences in social class and lifestyle. This segmentation had developed since the late 19th century into a uniquely Dutch version, called ], enabling peaceful cooperation between the leaders of the various 'pillars', while their constituencies remained largely segregated. The ] had been the only non-Christian minority since about 1600, enjoying freedom and tolerance. ] and ] are the most widely known representatives of this group. Major immigration in the form of labour migration began in the 1960s, and accelerated in the 1970s, with ], ] and ] as the main countries of origin. From the 1970s, multiculturalism was a consensus ideology among the 'political class'; expressed in the phrase "Integratie met behoud van eigen taal en cultuur", that is, social integration while retaining the language and culture of the immigrant groups. However, a tacit assumption was, that most of them would go back when they were not needed anymore. Only the Spaniards and others from southern Europe did so in significant numbers. Immigrants were treated as members of monolithic cultural blocs, on the basis of nationality - their religion only became an issue in the 1990s. These communities were addressed by the Dutch government, in their own languages - ] for Moroccan immigrants, even though many of them were native speakers of Berber, also known as ]. Opposition to the consensus was politically marginal. The anti-immigration ] had occasional electoral successes since 1982, but its leader ] was ], and fined for his often strident opposition to multiculturalism. | |||
For decades, Danish immigration policy was built upon the belief that, with support, immigrants and their descendants would eventually reach the same levels of education as Danes. In a 2019 report, the ] and the ] found this to be false. The report found that, while the second-generation immigrants without a Western background do better than their parents, the same is not true for third-generation immigrants. One of the reasons given was that second-generation immigrants may marry someone from their country of origin, which may cause Danish not to be spoken at home, which would put the children at a disadvantage in school. Thereby, the process of integrating has to start from the beginning for each generation.<ref>{{Cite web|url=https://www.berlingske.dk/content/item/1329273|title=Opråb fra ministre: Problemer med integration af børn af ikkevestlige indvandrere|date=16 December 2018|website=].dk|language=da|access-date=29 January 2019|quote=Danmarks integrationspolitik har i årtier været bygget op om troen på, at med den rette hjælp vil indvandrere og deres efterkommerne generation for generation falde til. En ny undersøgelse rammer en pæl gennem den forestilling. Den fastslår, at tredjegenerationsindvandrerne ikke får bedre karakterer i folkeskolen end generationen før dem. At der ikke er flere, som færdiggør en ungdomsuddannelse. Og at der ikke er flere, som får et arbejde. Det fremgår af »Analyse af børn af efterkommere med ikke-vestlig baggrund«, som er udarbejdet af Integrationsministeriet og Undervisningsministeriet. Den kortlægger for første gang, hvordan tredjegenerationsindvandrerne klarer sig på centrale parametre. // »Vi ved fra forskningen, at børn, som taler dansk i hjemmet, klarer sig bedre i skolen. Men mange gifter sig med én, som kommer direkte fra hjemlandet. Det vil sige, at integrationen starter forfra i hver generation,« siger Merete Riisager.}}</ref><ref>{{Cite web|url=https://uim.dk/nyheder/2018/2018-12/tredjegenerationsindvandrere-klarer-sig-ikke-bedre-end-anden-generation|title=Tredjegenerationsindvandrere klarer sig ikke bedre end anden generation – Udlændinge- og Integrationsministeriet|website=uim.dk|access-date=19 October 2019|archive-date=19 October 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20191019094846/https://uim.dk/nyheder/2018/2018-12/tredjegenerationsindvandrere-klarer-sig-ikke-bedre-end-anden-generation|url-status=dead}}</ref> | |||
The ] consensus on multiculturalism co-existed with widespread aversion to immigration, and an ] definition of the Dutch ]. Dutch ], and support for a traditional national identity, never disappeared, but were not visible. When these factors re-entered political debate in the late 1990s, they contributed to the collapse of the consensus. The Netherlands has now attracted international attention for the extent to which it reversed its previous multiculturalist policies, and its policies on cultural assimilation have been described as the toughest in Europe.<ref>Economist: ''''; IHT: ''''; IHT: ''''; Al-Ahram: ; PBS: '' </ref> | |||
==== Norway ==== | |||
The multicultural policy consensus regarded the presence of immigrant cultural communities as non-problematic, or beneficial. Immigration was not subject to limits on cultural grounds: in practice, the immigration rate was determined by demand for unskilled labour, and later by migration of family members. Gross non-Western immigration was about three million, but many of these later returned.<ref name=bevolking></ref> Net immigration, and the higher birth rate of the immigrant communities, have transformed the Netherlands since the 1950s. Although the majority are still ethnic Dutch, in 2006 one fifth of the population was of non-Dutch ethnicity, about half of which were of non-western origin.<ref name=bevolking/> Immigration transformed Dutch cities especially: in Amsterdam, 55% of young people are of non-western origin (mainly Turkish and Moroccan).<ref>{{Dead link|date=March 2008}}</ref> | |||
{{Main|Immigration to Norway}}] | |||
Apart from citizens of ], all foreigners must apply for permanent residency in order to live and work in Norway.<ref>{{cite web|url=https://lovdata.no/dokument/NL/lov/2008-05-15-35|title=Lov om utlendingers adgang til riket og deres opphold her (utlendingsloven) – Lovdata|website=lovdata.no|language=no|access-date=2 March 2018}}</ref> In 2017, the Norwegian immigrant population was made up of: citizens of EU and ] countries (41.2%); citizens of Asian countries, including Turkey (32.4%); citizens of African countries (13.7%); and citizens of non-EU/EEA European, North American, South American and Oceanian countries (12.7%).<ref>{{Cite news|url=https://www.ssb.no/befolkning/statistikker/innvbef|title=Innvandrere og norskfødte med innvandrerforeldre|work=ssb.no|access-date=2 March 2018|language=nb-NO}}</ref> | |||
=====Intellectual critique===== | |||
In 1999, the ] ] attacked multiculturalism in his book 'The Philosophy of Human Rights'<ref>Paul Cliteur. De filosofie van mensenrechten. Nijmegen 1999.</ref> Cliteur rejects all ] on the issue: western culture, the ] (rule of law), and ] are superior to non-western culture and values. They are the product of the ]: Cliteur sees non-western cultures not as merely different, but as anachronistic. He sees multiculturalism primarily as an unacceptable ideology of ], which would lead to acceptance of barbaric practices, including those brought to the ] by immigrants. Cliteur lists ], ], ], oppression of women, ], ], ], ], ], discrimination ''by'' immigrants, ], and the ]. Cliteur compares multiculturalism to the moral acceptance of ], ], ] and the ]. | |||
In 2015, during the ], a total of 31,145 asylum seekers, most of whom came from Afghanistan and Syria, crossed the Norwegian border.<ref>{{cite web|url=https://snl.no/asylsituasjonen_i_Norge_2015_og_2016|title=Asylsituasjonen i Norge 2015 og 2016|last=Garvik|first=Olav|date=2017|website=Store Norske Leksikon}}</ref> In 2016, the number of asylum seekers dramatically reduced by almost 90%, with 3460 asylum seekers coming to Norway. This was partly due to the stricter border control across Europe, including an agreement between the EU and Turkey.<ref>{{cite web|url=https://forskning.no/innvandring-samfunn-samfunnskunnskap/2016/12/fra-30-000-til-3000-asylsokere-hva-har-skjedd|title=Fra 30 000 til 3000 asylsøkere, hva har skjedd?|last=Amundsen|first=Bård|date=23 December 2016|website=Forskning.no}}</ref><ref>{{cite web|url=https://ec.europa.eu/home-affairs/sites/homeaffairs/files/what-we-do/policies/european-agenda-migration/background-information/eu_turkey_statement_17032017_en.pdf|title=EU-Turkey Statement 2016}}</ref> | |||
Cliteur's 1999 work is indicative of the ] tone of the debate, in the following years. Most of the 'immigrant barbarities' which he names are regularly cited by opponents of multiculturalism, sometimes as a ], but also as factual practices of immigrants in the Netherlands. | |||
As of September 2019, 15 foreign residents who had travelled from Norway to Syria or Iraq to join the ] have had their residence permits revoked.<ref>{{Cite news|url=https://sverigesradio.se/sida/artikel.aspx?programid=83&artikel=7299474|title=Norska IS-resenärer förlorar uppehållstillstånd – Nyheter (Ekot)|last=Radio|first=Sveriges|newspaper=Sveriges Radio|date=14 September 2019|language=sv|access-date=15 September 2019}}</ref> | |||
In 2000, ] - a member of the ] and subsequently a professor of ] - published his essay 'The multicultural drama',<ref>Online at NRC, see . An English translation is available at </ref> an essay critical of both ] and multiculturalism. Scheffer is a committed supporter of the ], assuming that homogeneity and integration are necessary for a society: the presence of immigrants undermines this. A society does have a finite 'absorptive capacity' for those from other cultures, he says, but this has been exceeded in the Netherlands. Specifically: | |||
*a huge influx of people from diverse cultural backgrounds, in combination with multiculturalism, resulted in spontaneous ethnic segregation. | |||
*the Netherlands must take its ''own'' language, culture, and history seriously, and immigrants must learn this language, culture, and history. | |||
*multiculturalism and immigration led to adaptation problems such as school drop-out, unemployment, and high crime rates. | |||
*a society which does not respect itself (its Dutch national identity) also has no value for immigrants | |||
*multicultural policy ignored ] acquisition, which should be a priority in education. | |||
*Islam has not yet ] itself, and does not accept the ]. Some Muslims did not accept the law in ] because its mayor was Jewish. | |||
*immigrants must always lose their own culture - that is the price of immigration, a "brutal bargain" (quote from ]) | |||
The ] has named the reduction of high levels of immigration from non-European countries one of their goals: | |||
Scheffer approvingly quoted the Dutch sociologist J.A.A. van Doorn as saying that the presence of immigrants in the Netherlands had "put the clock back" by 100 or 150 years. The high immigration rate and the lack of integration threatened society, and must be stopped. His essay had a great impact, and led to what became known as the 'integration debate'. As in the essay, this was not simply about multiculturalism, but about immigration, Islam, the national identity, and national unity. | |||
: "Immigration from countries outside the EEA must be strictly enforced to ensure a successful integration. It can not be accepted that fundamental Western values and human rights are set aside by cultures and attitudes that certain groups of immigrants bring with them to Norway."<ref> (In Norwegian) From the official website of the Progress Party (23 November 2014)</ref> | |||
An extreme form of opposition to immigration in Norway were ] carried out by the terrorist ] on 22 July 2011. He killed 8 people by bombing government buildings in Oslo and massacred 69 young people at a youth summer camp held by the ], who were in power at the time. He blamed the party for the high level of Muslim immigration and accused it of "promoting multiculturalism".<ref>"" ], 25 July 2011</ref> | |||
In 2002, the legal scholar ] - a refugee from Iran - advocated a monocultural ] in the Netherlands.<ref>Afshin Ellian. 'Leve de monoculturele Rechtsstaat' in NRC, 30 November 2002.</ref> A liberal democracy cannot be multicultural, he argued, because multiculturalism is an ] and a democracy has no official ideology. What is more, according to Ellian, a ] must be ]. The ] is the language of the ], and therefore it must be the only public language - all others must be limited to the private sphere. The Netherlands, he wrote, had been taken hostage by the left-wing multiculturalists, and their policy was in turn determined by the Islamic conservatives. Ellian stated that there were 800 000 Muslims in the country, with 450 mosques, and that the Netherlands had legalised the "feudal system of the Islamic Empire". Democracy and the rule of law could only be restored by abolishing multiculturalism. | |||
==== |
==== Sweden ==== | ||
{{Main|Immigration to Sweden}}]<ref name=":0">{{Cite book|url=https://www.hig.se/download/18.4db66897149b264e1ba4df24/1417115797086/mangfald.pdf|title=Mångfaldsbarometern 2014|publisher=Gävle University College|date=October 2014|pages=57|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160621094211/https://www.hig.se/download/18.4db66897149b264e1ba4df24/1417115797086/mangfald.pdf|archive-date=21 June 2016}}</ref>]] | |||
The intellectual rejection of multiculturalism was accompanied by a political transformation, which led to the abandonment of official multiculturalism. It is often described in the Dutch media as a ] 'revolt' against the elite. The catalyst was ]. He was a critic of multiculturalism, and especially of what he called the "Islamisation of the Netherlands", but succeeded primarily because of his ].{{Fact|date=October 2007}} Unlike the intellectual critics, who wrote for fellow members of the elite, Fortuyn mobilised millions of disillusioned voters. Overturning the political stability of the 1990s, Fortuyn came close to being ] of the Netherlands.<ref></ref> When he was assassinated in May 2002, his supporters saw him as a national ] in the struggle against multiculturalism, although he was in fact shot by an ] activist who said that he killed Fortuyn because he targeted "the weak parts of society to score points". | |||
Sweden has from the early 1970s experienced a greater share of non-Western immigration than the other Scandinavian countries, which consequently have placed multiculturalism on the political agenda for a longer period of time.<ref name=":1" /> | |||
Sweden was the first country to adopt an official policy of multiculturalism in Europe. On 14 May 1975, a unanimous Swedish parliament passed an act on a new multiculturalist immigrant and ethnic minority policy put forward by the ] government, that explicitly rejected the ideal ethnic homogeneity and the policy of assimilation.<ref>{{cite news|url=https://www.dagenssamhalle.se/nyhet/dags-att-begrava-det-multikulturella-projektet-31651|title=Dags att begrava det multikulturella projektet|publisher=Dagens sahmälle|language=Swedish|date=17 February 2017|access-date=13 February 2021}}</ref> The three main principles of the new policy were equality, partnership and freedom of choice. The explicit policy aim of the freedom of choice principle was to create the opportunity for minority groups in Sweden to retain their own languages and cultures. From the mid-1970s, the goal of enabling the preservation of minorities and creating a positive attitude towards the new officially endorsed multicultural society among the majority population became incorporated into the Swedish constitution as well as cultural, educational and media policies. Despite the anti-multiculturalist protestations of the ], multiculturalism remains official policy in Sweden.<ref>{{Cite book|title=The multicultural moment: the history of the idea and politics of multiculturalism in Sweden in comparative, transnational and biographical context, 1964–1975|last=Wickström|first=Mats|publisher=Åbo Akademi|year=2015|isbn=978-952-12-3133-9|url=http://urn.fi/URN:NBN:fi-fe201501071068}}</ref> | |||
Following Fortuyn's death, open rejection of multiculturalism and immigration ceased to be ]. The new cabinet, under premier ] instituted a hard-line assimilation policy, enforced by fines and ], accompanied by far tighter controls on immigration and ]. Many former supporters of multiculturalism shifted their position. In a 2006 manifesto "one country, one society",<ref></ref> several of them launched an appeal for a homogeneous society. | |||
A 2008 study which involved questionnaires sent to 5,000 people, showed that less than a quarter of the respondents (23%) wanted to live in areas characterised by cultural, ethnic and social diversity.<ref>{{Cite news|url=https://www.svd.se/svenskar-vill-ha-inhagnat-boende|title=Svenskar vill ha inhägnat boende {{!}} SvD|last=TT|work=SvD.se|access-date=14 July 2018|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160322170850/http://www.svd.se/svenskar-vill-ha-inhagnat-boende|archive-date=22 March 2016|language=sv}}</ref> | |||
The most prominent figure in the post-Fortuyn debate of the issue was ]. Her first criticisms of multiculturalism paralleled those of the early ] critics in the United States - the emphasis on group identity and ] diminished individual liberty for those within the minorities, and especially for women. As time went on, her criticism was increasingly directed at Islam itself, and its incompatibility with democracy and western culture. By 2004 she was the most prominent critic of ]. When she scripted a short film on Islamic oppression of women, featuring texts from the ] on the naked bodies of women, its director ] was assassinated by an Islamist. Threatened with death and heavily guarded, she spent most of her time in the United States, and moved to Washington in 2006 to work for the ]. In 2006 she also expressed support for the ] thesis - that Europe is being fully ], and that its non-Muslim inhabitants will be reduced to ].<ref>'''' in De Volkskrant, 8 April 2006.</ref> In a speech for ] in January 2007, she declared that Western culture was overwhelmingly superior:<ref>] ''', speech by Ayaan Hirsi Ali to the Congress of Racial Equality.</ref> | |||
A 2014 study published by ] showed that 38% of the population never interacted with anyone from Africa and 20% never interacted with any non-Europeans.<ref>{{Cite book|url=https://www.hig.se/download/18.4db66897149b264e1ba4df24/1417115797086/mangfald.pdf|title=Mångfaldsbarometern 2014|publisher=Gävle University College|date=October 2014|pages=7–8|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160621094211/https://www.hig.se/download/18.4db66897149b264e1ba4df24/1417115797086/mangfald.pdf|archive-date=21 June 2016}}</ref> The study concluded that while physical distance to the country of origin, also religion and other cultural expressions are significant for the perception of cultural familiarity. In general, peoples with Christianity as the dominant religion were perceived to be culturally closer than peoples from Muslim countries.<ref name=":0" /> | |||
:''...my dream is that those lucky enough to be born into a culture of "ladies first" will let go of the myth that all cultures are equal. Human beings are equal; cultures are not.'' | |||
A 2017 study by ] also found that social trust was lower among people in regions with high levels of past non-Nordic immigration than among people in regions with low levels of past immigration.<ref>{{cite journal|last1=McShane|first1=Karl|date=2017|title=Getting used to diversity? Immigration and trust in Sweden|url=https://lup.lub.lu.se/search/publication/6d33125a-0256-40b2-9c41-37a7486ddb0d|journal=Economics Bulletin|volume=37|issue=3|pages=16|access-date=2 January 2018}}</ref> The erosive effect on trust was more pronounced for immigration from culturally distant countries.<ref>{{Cite journal|last=McShane|first=Karl|date=31 August 2017|title=Getting Used to Diversity? Immigration and Trust in Sweden|url=http://www.accessecon.com/Pubs/EB/2017/Volume37/EB-17-V37-I3-P171.pdf|journal=Economics Bulletin|volume=37| issue = 3|pages=12|access-date=8 April 2018}}</ref> | |||
===Serbia=== | |||
] traditional Hungarian folk dance in ]]] | |||
In ], there are 19 officially recognised ethnic groups with a status of national minorities.<ref>Gojkovic N. ]</ref> ] is an ] of Serbia, located in the northern part of the country. It has a multiethnic and multicultural identity;<ref>{{cite web|url=http://www.vojvodina.gov.rs/en/autonomous-province-vojvodina|title=Покрајинска влада|work=vojvodina.gov.rs}}</ref> there are more than 26 ] in the province,<ref>{{cite web|url=http://www.arhiva.serbia.gov.rs/cms/view.php/1045.print.html|title=Autonomous Province of Vojvodina|work=vojvodina.gov.rs}}</ref><ref>{{cite web|url=http://www.vip.org.rs/index.aspx?tabId=62&menutabid=10|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20081227015638/http://www.vip.org.rs/index.aspx?tabId=62&menutabid=10|url-status=dead|archive-date=27 December 2008|title=Error|work=vip.org.rs}}</ref> which has six official languages.<ref>{{cite web|url=http://www.bgcentar.org.rs/index.php?option=com_phocadownload&view=category&id=22:podzakonska-akta&download=250:statut-autonomne-pokrajine-vojvodine&Itemid=54|title=Beogradski centar za ljudska prava |publisher= Belgrade Centre for Human Rights|date=29 March 2015|work=bgcentar.org.rs}}</ref> Largest ethnic groups in Vojvodina are ] (67%), ] (13%), ], ], ], ], ], ], ], ]. The Chinese<ref>{{Cite web|url=https://abcnews.go.com/International/story?id=83182&page=1|title=Chinese Migrants Use Serbia as Gate to Europe|website=ABC News}}</ref><ref>{{Cite web|url=https://www.novosti.rs/vesti/naslovna/reportaze/aktuelno.293.html:446510-I-Kinezi-napustaju-Srbiju|title=I Kinezi napuštaju Srbiju|website=NOVOSTI}}</ref> and Arabs, are the only two significant immigrant minorities in Serbia. | |||
] broadcasts program in ten local languages. The project by the ] titled "Promotion of Multiculturalism and Tolerance in Vojvodina", whose primary goal is to foster the cultural diversity and develop the atmosphere of interethnic tolerance among the citizens of Vojvodina, has been successfully implemented since 2005.<ref>{{cite web|url=http://www.puma.vojvodina.gov.rs/etext.php?ID_mat=1373&PHPSESSID=fs04q4o2f89iff2agkt8ld4rq0|title=Promotion of Multiculturalism and Tolerance|date=26 July 2015|work=puma.vojvodina.gov.rs}}</ref> Serbia is continually working on improving its relationship and inclusion of minorities in its effort to gain full accession to the European Union. Serbia has initiated talks through Stabilisation and Association Agreement on 7 November 2007. | |||
===United Kingdom=== | ===United Kingdom=== | ||
{{Main|Modern immigration to the United Kingdom}} | |||
], near ].]] | |||
Multicultural policies<ref name="Wotherspoon1995">{{cite book|author=Terry Wotherspoon|title=Multicultural education in a changing global economy: Canada and the Netherlands|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=PcKGBd4itKYC&pg=PA1|year=1995|publisher=Waxmann Verlag|isbn=978-3-89325-331-9|page=1}}</ref> were adopted by local administrations from the 1970s and 1980s onwards. In 1997, the newly elected ] government committed to a multiculturalist approach at a national level,<ref name="Hadjetian2008">{{cite book|author=Sylvia Hadjetian|title=Multiculturalism and Magic Realism? Between Fiction and Reality|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=GBaE1n0juzsC&pg=PA31|date=April 2008|publisher=GRIN Verlag|isbn=978-3-638-93283-7|page=31}}</ref> but after 2001, there was something of a ], led by centre-left commentators such as ] and ]. The Government then embraced a policy of ] instead. In 2011, ] Prime Minister ] said in a speech that "state multiculturalism has failed".<ref>{{cite news |url=https://www.bbc.co.uk/news/uk-politics-12371994 |title=State multiculturalism has failed, says David Cameron |newspaper=] |date=5 February 2011}}</ref> Critics argue that analyses which view society as 'too diverse' for social democracy and cohesion have "performative" effects regarding legitimate racism towards those classed as immigrants.<ref>{{cite journal |last1=Erel |first1=Umut |last2=Murji |first2=Karim |last3=Nahaboo |first3=Zaki |title=Understanding the contemporary race–migration nexus |journal=Ethnic and Racial Studies |date=13 May 2016 |volume=39 |issue=8 |page=1353 |doi=10.1080/01419870.2016.1161808 |doi-access=free }}</ref><ref>{{cite book |last1=Lentin |first1=Alana |last2=Titley |first2=Gavan |title=The Crisis of Multiculturalism: Racism in a Neoliberal Age |date=2011 |publisher=Zed Books |location=London; New York |isbn=978-1848135819 }}</ref> | |||
The ] has continuous high immigration rates, among the highest in the EU. Most of the immigrants of the last decades came from the ] or the ], i.e. from former ]. In 2004 the number of people who became British citizens rose to a record 140,795 - a rise of 12% on the previous year. This number had risen dramatically since 2000. The overwhelming majority of new citizens come from ] (32%) and ] (40%), the largest three groups being people from ], ] and ].<ref></ref> | |||
===Russian Federation=== | |||
] is far more segregated on religious grounds than by race. 25% of London's seven million residents live in ] neighbourhoods.<ref></ref><ref></ref> | |||
{{Main|Ethnic groups in Russia|Russian nationality law}}The idea of multiculturalism in Russia is closely linked to the territory and the Soviet concept of "]". The Federation is divided into a series of ] where each ethnic group has preponderance in deciding the laws that affect that republic. A distinction is then made between ''Rossiyane'' (Russian citizens) and ''Russkie'' (ethnic Russians). | |||
Each people within their territories has the right to practice their customs and traditions and even to impose their own laws, as is the case in ], as long as they do not violate federal and constitutional laws of the ]. | |||
In the UK, supporters of the Labour government's approach believed it was defending the rights of minorities to preserve their culture, whilst encouraging their participation as ]s — that is, integrating without assimilating{{Fact|date=January 2008}}. Critics argue that the policy fails on all counts: if social conditions and insularity become barriers to the integration of minorities, then multiculturalism does not properly function{{Fact|date=January 2008}}. There is now a lively debate in the UK over whether explicit multiculturalism and "social cohesion and inclusion" are in fact mutually exclusive <ref> </ref>. In the wake of the ] 2005 (which left over 50 people dead) ], the opposition ] shadow home secretary, called on the government to scrap its "outdated" policy of multiculturalism.<ref>{{cite news | url=http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/main.jhtml?xml=/news/2005/08/03/ndavis03.xml | title=Multicultural Britain is not working, says Tory chief | author=George Jones | date=] ] | publisher=Daily Telegraph | accessdate = 2008-01-31 }}</ref><ref>{{cite news | title=Davis attacks UK multiculturalism | date=] ] | publisher=BBC News | url=http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/uk_news/politics/4740633.stm}}</ref> | |||
==Asia== | |||
Prominent critics of multiculturalism include ], ]-born author of '']'', and one-time black activist ], the chairman of the ]. In 2006, Phillips was criticised by London mayor ], who accused him of fuelling hostility towards ethnic minorities by criticising the principle of multiculturalism. Livingstone then accused Phillips of being so right-wing that he would 'soon be joining the ]'.<ref>''.'' Observer, November 26, 2006.</ref> | |||
===India=== | |||
] celebrated in ]]] | |||
], one of the largest mosques in India]] | |||
According to the ], there are 1652 indigenous languages in the country.<ref>{{cite web|url=http://www.languageinindia.com/aug2002/indianmothertongues1961aug2002.html |title=Language in India |access-date=29 January 2012}}</ref> The ] has been shaped by its ], ] and ]. ], ], ], music, architecture and customs differ from place to place within the country, but nevertheless possess a commonality. The culture of India is an amalgamation of these diverse ] spread all over the ] and traditions that are several millennia old.<ref>{{cite book |last = Mohammada | |||
|first = Malika |title = The foundations of the composite culture in India |publisher = Aakar Books, 2007 |isbn = 9788189833183|year = 2007 }}</ref> The previously prevalent ] describes the social stratification and social restrictions in the Indian subcontinent, in which social classes are defined by thousands of ] hereditary groups, often termed '']s'' or ]s.<ref>"". ''Encyclopædia Britannica'' Online.</ref> | |||
Religiously, ] form the majority, followed by Muslims. The statistics are: ] (79.8%), ] (14.2%), ] (2.3%), ] (1.7%), ] (0.7%), ] (0.4%), ] (0.23%), ], Jews, ], and others (0.65%).<ref>{{cite web|url=http://www.censusindia.gov.in/ |title=Indian Census |publisher=Censusindia.gov.in |access-date=10 December 2010 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20080511035603/http://censusindia.gov.in/ |archive-date=11 May 2008 }}</ref> Linguistically, the two main language families in India are ] (a branch of ]) and ]. In India's northeast, people speaking ] group of languages such as ] (Meitei-lon) and ] recognized by the Indian constitution and ] are commonly found. India (officially) follows a three-language policy. ] (spoken in the form of ]) is the official federal language, ] has the federal status of associate/subsidiary official language and each state has its own state official language (in the Hindi '']'', this reduces to bilingualism). Further, India does not have any national language.<ref>{{cite news|url=http://www.thehindu.com/news/national/Hindi-not-a-national-language-Court/article16839525.ece|title=Hindi, not a national language: Court|newspaper=The Hindu|date=25 January 2010|access-date=22 October 2017|via=thehindu.com}}</ref><ref>{{cite news|url=http://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/india/Theres-no-national-language-in-India-Gujarat-High-Court/articleshow/5496231.cms|title=There's no national language in India: Gujarat High Court – Times of India|newspaper=The Times of India|date=25 January 2010 |access-date=22 October 2017}}</ref> ]'s state boundaries are largely drawn based on linguistic groups; this decision led to the preservation and continuation of local ethno-linguistic sub-cultures, except for the Hindi ''sprachraum'' which is itself divided into many states. Thus, most states differ from one another in language, culture, ], ], ], ], ] and festivities. | |||
In the May 2004 edition of ], ], the Editor, temporarily couched the debate on multiculturalism in terms of whether a modern welfare state and a "good society" is sustainable as its citizens become increasingly diverse. Open criticism of multiculturalism - hitherto sometimes disingenuously equated with ], ] and ] by the political Left{{Fact|date=September 2007}} - given Prospect's pedigree and reputation, was thereafter firmly part of the mainstream. Since then events such as the London bombings have shifted the debate away from sustainability and cohesion, and towards a focus on the uneasy bedfellows of free speech and security. | |||
India has encountered ],<ref>{{cite book |last=Nussbaum |first=Martha |title=The Clash Within: Democracy, Religious Violence, and India's Future |year=2009 |publisher=Harvard University Press |isbn=978-0-674-04156-1 |page=1}}</ref> such as the ], the ], the ], the 1990 ], the ], the ], the ], the ], and the ]. This has resulted from traditionally disadvantaged communities in public employment such as the policing of the same locality, apprehension of owners in giving properties for sale or rent<ref>{{cite web |url=http://minorityaffairs.gov.in/sites/upload_files/moma/files/pdfs/sachar_comm.pdf |title=Sachar Committee Report |publisher=(Cabinet Secretariat, Govt. of India) |pages=9–25 |date=Nov 2006 |access-date=18 August 2012 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20121021182551/http://minorityaffairs.gov.in/sites/upload_files/moma/files/pdfs/sachar_comm.pdf |archive-date=21 October 2012 }}</ref> and of society in accepting inter-marriages.<ref>{{cite web |url=http://paa2011.princeton.edu/download.aspx?submissionId=111966 |archive-url=http://arquivo.pt/wayback/20160516223255/http://paa2011.princeton.edu/download.aspx?submissionId=111966 |url-status=dead |archive-date=16 May 2016 |title=Exploring the Concept of Mixed Marriages in Indian and selected states: First time evidences from large scale survey |first1=Deepti |last1=Singh |first2=Srinivas |last2=Goli |year=2011 |work=Princeton University }}</ref> | |||
In November 2005 ], the first member of an ethnic minority to be appointed as ] stated, “Multiculturalism has seemed to imply, wrongly for me: let other cultures be allowed to express themselves but do not let the majority culture at all tell us its glories, its struggles, its joys, its pains.” . Criticisms have also been voiced by bishop Nazir Ali of Rochester. | |||
<!-- Commented out because image was deleted: ] --> | |||
==== Cultural minorities in India ==== | |||
The Archbishop's sentiments reflect the widespread opinion among the UK population that the enforcement of de facto multiculturalism often involves asymmetrical - even assimilationist - concessions or unnecessary sacrifices made by the majority culture; whilst minority cultures are allowed to remain distinct, British culture and traditions are sometimes perceived as exclusive and adapted accordingly, often without the consent of the local population{{Fact|date=January 2008}}. Recent examples include the cancellation of public fires{{Who|date=January 2008}}<ref>'''', Daily Mail</ref> (associated with ]), the proposed 'multicultural reinterpretation' of the ]<ref>'''', Daily Mail.</ref> and the Birmingham ']'<ref>'','' BBC UK.</ref> controversy. Critics{{Who|date=January 2008}} argue that this practice misinterprets multiculturalism completely - the concept of a culturally diverse, not homogenised, society - and betrays the sycophancy of the political elite.{{Fact|date=January 2008}}. | |||
The Indian constitution requires the various state-run institutions to provide quotas for minorities, which give these cultural minorities equal opportunities, as well as a forum through which they can actively participate in the institutions of the dominant culture.<ref name=":03">{{Cite journal|last=Pande|first=Rohini|date=September 2003|title=Can Mandated Political Representation Increase Policy Influence for Disadvantaged Minorities? Theory and Evidence from India|journal=The American Economic Review|volume=93|issue=4|pages=1132–1151|jstor=3132282|doi=10.1257/000282803769206232}}</ref> Indian polity after the 1990s has been marked by a shift from secular principles to a landscape that is dominated by pro-Hindu propaganda; the ] has used this rhetoric by reconstructing Hinduism and bartering it under the guise of Indian nationalism.<ref>{{Cite journal|last=Datta|first=Rekha|date=Summer 1999|title=Hindu Nationalism or Pregmatic Party Politics? A Study of India's Hindu Party|journal=International Journal of Politics, Culture, and Society|volume=12|issue=4|pages=573–588|jstor=20019991|doi=10.1023/A:1025938125870|s2cid=141252957}}</ref> However, the rise of pro-Hindu ideology, commonly known as ], has impinged on the rights of cultural minorities.<ref>{{Cite journal|last=Clarke|first=Sathianathan|date=April 2002|title=Hindutva, Religious and Ethnocultural Minorities, and Indian-Christian Theology|journal=The Harvard Theological Review|volume=95|issue=2|pages=197–226|doi=10.1017/S0017816002000123|doi-broken-date=1 November 2024 |jstor=4150720|s2cid=162722809}}</ref> This can be seen in the large scale violence against cultural minorities, the ] politics used by the ], and the promotion of issues faced by the larger religious communities over those faced by the backward groups in religious minorities.<ref>{{Cite book|title=At Home with Democracy|last=Sheth|first=D.L.|publisher=Palgrave Macmillan|year=2018|isbn=978-981-10-6412-8}}</ref> | |||
==== Scheduled Castes (SC) and Scheduled Tribes (ST) and Other Backward Castes (OBC) ==== | |||
In August 2006, the community and local government secretary ] made a speech, which some{{Who|date=January 2008}} saw as signalling the end of multiculturalism as official policy.<ref>, Guardian.</ref> In November 2006, Prime Minister Tony Blair stated that Britain has certain "essential values" and that these are a "duty". He did not reject multiculturalism as such, but he included British ] among the essential values:<ref>'''', Guardian, 8 December 2006.</ref> | |||
Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes are constitutionally recognized terms in India and constitute approximately 25% of the Indian population. Moreover more than 40 percent of India's population belongs to the Other Backward Castes as per the National Sample Survey Office or the NSSO which is a government organization for conducting surveys in India. So the total size of the lower castes in India is estimated to be around 70 percent of the country's population whereas the upper caste make up around 18 percent of the population. It has also been noted that a person of the upper caste generally tends to be fairer in skin whereas the lower caste tend to be darker. These groups have been provided with reservations that constitutionally guarantee them representation in governmental institutions, a mandate suggested by the Mandal Commission.<ref>{{Cite journal|last=Basavaraju|first=C.|date=Summer 2009|journal=Journal of the Indian Law Institute|volume=51|issue=2|pages=267–274|jstor=43953443|title=Reservation Under the Constitution of India: Issues and Perspectives}}</ref> The Indian constitution also provides SC's and ST's with protective measures that ensure equality, which is the main issue faced by members of both communities. However, while scheduled castes have turned into important political communities that the state concerns itself about, scheduled tribes continue to be politically marginalized.<ref name=":03" /> | |||
===Indonesia=== | |||
:"When it comes to our essential values - belief in democracy, the rule of law, tolerance, equal treatment for all, respect for this country and its shared heritage - then that is where we come together, it is what we hold in common." | |||
{{further|Bhinneka Tunggal Ika|Demographics of Indonesia|Ethnic groups in Indonesia|Culture of Indonesia}} | |||
], ] and multiculturalism is a daily fact of life in ]. There are over ] in Indonesia.<ref>Kuoni – Far East, A world of difference. p. 88. Published 1999 by Kuoni Travel & JPM Publications</ref><ref>{{cite web|url=https://www.bps.go.id/news/2015/11/18/127/mengulik-data-suku-di-indonesia.html|title=Mengulik Data Suku di Indonesia|publisher=]|access-date=12 February 2020|date=18 November 2015}}</ref> 95% of those are of ] ancestry.<ref>{{cite encyclopedia |title= Pribumi |encyclopedia= Encyclopedia of Modern Asia |publisher= Macmillan Reference USA |url= http://www.bookrags.com/research/pribumi-ema-05/ |access-date= 5 October 2006 |archive-date= 8 July 2011 |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20110708083059/http://www.bookrags.com/research/pribumi-ema-05/ |url-status= dead }}</ref> The ] are the largest ethnic group in Indonesia who make up nearly 42% of the total population.<ref name="ISAS">{{cite book |last1=Suryadinata |first1=Leo |last2=Arifin |first2=Evi Nurvidya |last3=Ananta |first3=Aris |title=Indonesia's Population: Ethnicity and Religion in a Changing Political Landscape |date=2003 |publisher=Institute of Southeast Asian Studies |isbn=978-981-230-212-0 }}{{page needed|date=March 2021}}</ref> The ], ], and ] are the next largest groups in the country.<ref name="ISAS" /> There are also more than ]<ref>{{cite web|url=http://www.ethnologue.com/show_country.asp?name=indonesia |title=Ethnologue report for Indonesia |publisher=Ethnologue.com |access-date=10 December 2010}}</ref> and although predominantly ] the country also has large ] and ] populations. | |||
Indonesia's national motto, '']'' ("Unity in Diversity" lit. "many, yet one") enshrined in ] the national ideology, articulates the diversity that shapes the country.<ref>{{cite web | title=The Geography of Indonesia | publisher=Indonesia.go.id | url=http://www.indonesia.go.id/en/indonesia-glance/geography-indonesia | access-date=4 August 2014 | archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130103201331/http://www.indonesia.go.id/en/indonesia-glance/geography-indonesia | archive-date=3 January 2013 | url-status=dead }}</ref> The government nurtures and promotes the diversity of Indonesian local culture; adopting a pluralist approach. | |||
==Current trends in Europe== | |||
Some ] countries have introduced policies for 'social cohesion', 'integration', and (sometimes) 'assimilation'. They are sometimes a direct reversal of earlier multiculturalist policies, and seek to assimilate immigrant minorities and restore a ] monocultural society. The policies include: | |||
*compulsory courses and/or tests on ], on the ] and the ], see ] | |||
*introduction of an official national history, such as the national ] defined for the Netherlands by the ] Commission,<ref></ref> and promotion of that history, for instance by exhibitions about ]es. | |||
*official campaigns to promote national unity, and individual identification with the nation - such as the campaign '']'' in Germany | |||
*tests designed to elicit 'unacceptable' values. In ] immigrants are asked what they would do, if their son says he is a ]. (The expected answer is that they would accept it).<ref>BBC report at , full list of questions in German at taz, </ref> | |||
*prohibitions on ] - especially the ] (often misnamed as ]).<ref>'''', Guardian, November 11, 2006.</ref> | |||
Due to migration within Indonesia (as part of government ]s or otherwise), there are significant populations of ethnic groups who reside outside of their traditional regions. The Javanese for example, moved from their traditional homeland in Java to the other parts of the archipelago. The expansion of the Javanese and their influence throughout Indonesia has raised the issue of ], although ], ], Madurese, ] and Makassar people, as a result of their ''merantau'' (migrating) culture are also quite widely distributed throughout the Indonesian archipelago, while ]s can be found in most urban areas. Because of urbanization, major Indonesian cities such as ], ], ], ], ] and ] have attracted large numbers of Indonesians from various ethnic, cultural and religious backgrounds. Jakarta in particular has almost all Indonesian ethnic groups represented. | |||
Some of the measures, especially those seeking to promote patriotic identification, include: In the Netherlands, the naturalisation ceremony includes a gift symbolising national unity. In ] it is a candle in the national colours red-white-blue, in ] a ] potato with floral motives.<ref>''Nieuwe Amsterdammer krijgt Delfts blauw bij naturalisatie'', De Volkskrant, 24 August 2006.</ref> | |||
However, this transmigration program and close interactions between people of different cultural backgrounds caused socio-cultural problems, as the inter-ethnics interactions have not always been conducted harmoniously. After the ] in 1998 into the 2000s, numbers of inter-ethnic and inter-religious clashes erupted in Indonesia. Like the clashes between native ] tribes against ] transmigrants in ] during ] in 1999<ref name="hrw">{{cite web|publisher=Human Rights Watch|date=28 February 2001|title=Indonesia: The Violence in Central Kalimantan (Borneo)|url=https://www.hrw.org/backgrounder/asia/borneo0228.htm|access-date=13 August 2008}}</ref> and the ] in 2001.<ref name="flashpoint">{{cite news|publisher=BBC|date=28 June 2004|access-date=13 August 2008|url=http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/asia-pacific/3811219.stm|title=Indonesia flashpoints: Kalimantan}}</ref> There were also clashes between Muslims and Christians, such as ] between 1998 and into 2000,<ref name="BBC flashpoints">{{cite news| work = BBC News| date = 28 June 2004| title = Indonesia flashpoints: Sulawesi| url = http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/asia-pacific/3812737.stm| access-date = 13 October 2012}}</ref> and ] between 1999 and into 2002.<ref name="timedirty">{{cite news|last=Elegant|first=Simon|title=Indonesia's Dirty Little Holy War|url=http://www.time.com/time/magazine/article/0,9171,187655,00.html|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20100423064855/http://www.time.com/time/magazine/article/0,9171,187655,00.html|url-status=dead|archive-date=23 April 2010|access-date=31 March 2011|newspaper=Time|date=17 December 2001}}</ref> Nevertheless, Indonesia today still struggles and has managed to maintain unity and inter-cultural harmony, through a national adherence of pro-pluralism policy of Pancasila; promoted and enforced by the government and its people. | |||
There are proposed measures which go much further than these. They typically, but not always, come from firmly ] parties and their supporters. Although implementation is not on the political agenda in any EU state, the proposals illustrate the 'post-multicultural' climate: a loyalty oath for all citizens, legal prohibition of public use of a foreign language, cessation of all immigration, ], a compulsory (non-military) ],<ref>] in 'De puinhopen van acht jaar Paars', see ''</ref>; in rare cases a ban on the construction of mosques,<ref>], parliamentary question, in Dutch: . Also policy of the ] of ] .</ref> closure of all Islamic schools,<ref>Policy of the ] of ] .</ref> or a complete ban on Islam.<ref>. Ban Islam manifesto at ''''</ref> | |||
] are the largest foreign-origin minority that has resided in Indonesia for generations. Despite centuries of acculturation with native Indonesians, because of their disproportionate influence on Indonesian economy, and alleged question of national loyalty, Chinese Indonesians have suffered ].<ref name=":7">{{Cite web|date=25 November 2016|title=Jakarta's violent identity crisis: behind the vilification of Chinese-Indonesians|url=http://www.theguardian.com/cities/2016/nov/25/jakarta-chinese-indonesians-governor-ahok|url-status=live|archive-url=https://archive.today/20220213050845/https://www.theguardian.com/cities/2016/nov/25/jakarta-chinese-indonesians-governor-ahok%23comments|archive-date=13 February 2022|website=]|language=en|access-date=13 February 2022}}</ref> The ] ''Orde Baru'' or New Order adopted a forced ] policy; which indicated that Chinese cultural elements were unacceptable.{{sfn|Tan|2008|p=24}} Chinese Indonesians were forced to adopt ], and the use of Chinese culture and language was banned.<ref name=":7" /> The violence targeting Chinese Indonesians erupted during ] As the looting and destruction took place, a number of Chinese Indonesians, as well as looters, were killed. The Chinese Indonesians were treated as the scapegoat of ], a result of ongoing discrimination and segregation policies enforced during Suharto's New Order regime. Soon after the fourth Indonesian President, ] came into power in 1999, he quickly abolished some of the discriminatory laws in efforts to promote acceptance and to improve inter-racial relationships, such as abolishing the ban on Chinese culture; allowing Chinese traditions to be practised freely. Two years later President ] declared that the ] (''{{lang|id|Imlek}}'') would be marked as a ] from 2003.{{sfn|Setiono|2003|p=1099}} Tense incidents however have included attacks on Chinese temples<ref>{{Cite news|date=10 August 2017|title=In Indonesia, Chinese Deity Is Covered in Sheet After Muslims Protest|language=en-US|work=]|url=https://www.nytimes.com/2017/08/10/world/asia/indonesia-chinese-statue-islam-muslims-protest-guan-yu.html|issn=0362-4331}}</ref> and Indonesian politician ] being given a two year prison sentence for ] due to comments he made to his supporters in September 2016.<ref>{{Cite news|date=26 November 2016|title=In Indonesia, Fears Rise Among Ethnic Chinese Amid Blasphemy Probe|language=en-US|work=]|url=https://www.wsj.com/articles/in-indonesia-fears-rise-among-ethnic-chinese-amid-blasphemy-probe-1480161601|url-status=dead|archive-url=https://archive.today/20220213045340/https://www.wsj.com/articles/in-indonesia-fears-rise-among-ethnic-chinese-amid-blasphemy-probe-1480161601|archive-date=13 February 2022|issn=0099-9660|access-date=13 February 2022}}</ref><ref>{{Cite news|date=11 August 2017|title=30m Chinese idol covered in sheet after Muslim protest|language=en-AU|work=]|url=https://www.abc.net.au/news/2017-08-11/chinese-statue-covered-up-in-indonesian-city/8796404}}</ref> | |||
===Polarization=== | |||
Although such policies often have the stated aim of reviving national unity, one result has been an increased ].<ref>"All the recent evidence shows that we are, as a society, becoming more socially polarized by race and faith." (Trevor Phillips). Guardian, October 23, 2006: ''''</ref> ]s in Britain or the ] may occasionally hear that their culture is backward, that ] is superior, and that they are obliged to adopt it. In turn, overly-defensive reactions<ref>Foreign Policy Centre. ''.</ref> include an increased self-identification as 'Muslims', and adoption of ] by women and 'Islamic' beards by men. Part of the Muslim minority is now hostile to the society they live in, and sympathetic to ].<ref>'','' BBC</ref> | |||
In Amsterdam's secondary schools, about half the Moroccan minority does not identify with the Netherlands: they see their identity as 'Muslim', and regularly express anti-western views but, nevertheless, do not want to return to their historical homeland.<ref>City of Amsterdam policy document, February 2006. ''Wij Amsterdammers II: investeren in mensen en grenzen.''</ref> | |||
===Kazakhstan=== | |||
In turn society is increasingly hostile to Muslims: a survey showed that 18% in Britain think that "a large proportion of British Muslims feel no sense of loyalty to this country and are prepared to condone or even carry out acts of terrorism".<ref>Daily Telegraph. ''''. 25 August 2006.</ref> A TNS/Global poll showed that 79% in Britain would feel "uncomfortable living next to a Muslim".<ref>Daily Star, 8 September 2006, quoted at </ref> There have also been notable tensions in Britain between established Muslim communities and newly-arrived Eastern European immigrants.<ref>http://www.yorkshirepost.co.uk/news/Eastern-Europeans-39targeted-by-angry.3648445.jp%22 http://www.thepressnewspaper.co.uk/NewsDetails.asp?id=1169</ref> A major attitude survey of teenagers in ] showed that 75% refuse to have a relationship with a black person, a Muslim, or an immigrant. Half want all immigration stopped, and 41% say they distrust anyone from another ethnic background.<ref>'''', Trouw, 2 October 2006.</ref> | |||
{{See also|1951 anti-Chechen pogrom in Eastern Kazakhstan}} | |||
There are sizeable populations of ethnic Kazakhs, Russians, Uzbeks, Ukrainians, Uighurs, Tatars, Germans and more in Kazakhstan.<ref name="historykz">{{cite web|last1=Marmontova|first1=T.V.|title=Interethnic relations in the Republic of Kazakhstan in the light of multicultural theories|date=18 June 2014 |url=http://e-history.kz/en/contents/view/2125|publisher=e-history.kz}}</ref>{{unreliable source?|date=September 2022}} Kazakhstan was one of a few countries in post-Soviet territories that avoided interethnic clashes and conflicts in the period of USSR's final crisis and its eventual breakup.<ref name="DND">{{cite web|title=Kazakhstan –The Heaven of interfaith and interethnic harmony|date=10 December 2014 |url=http://www.dnd.com.pk/kazakhstan-heaven-interfaith-interethnic-harmony/84030|publisher=Dispatch News Desk}}</ref> In 1995, Kazakhstan created the ], an advisory body designed to represent the country's ethnic minorities.<ref name="Daly">{{cite web|title=Kazakhstan's unique Assembly of People maintains ethnic harmony|url=http://www.upi.com/Top_News/Analysis/Outside-View/2015/05/04/Opinion-Kazakhstans-unique-Assembly-of-People-maintains-ethnic-harmony/5051430316093/|publisher=UPI}}</ref> However, recent ethnic clashes and discrimination have been reported for groups such as Christians,<ref>{{Cite web|last=Michel|first=Casey|date=14 July 2017|title=The Reality of Religious Freedom in Kazakhstan|url=https://thediplomat.com/2017/07/the-reality-of-religious-freedom-in-kazakhstan/|website=]|language=en-US}}</ref><ref>{{Cite web|date=12 May 2021|title=2020 Report on International Religious Freedom: Kazakhstan|url=https://www.state.gov/reports/2020-report-on-international-religious-freedom/kazakhstan/|website=]|language=en-US}}</ref> ultraconservative Muslims,<ref>{{Cite web|date=4 February 2018|title=Kazakhstan Targets Beards, Pants In Fight Against 'Destructive Religious Movements'|url=https://www.rferl.org/a/kazakhstan-targets-islamist-beards-pants-destructive-movements/29017566.html|website=]|language=en}}</ref> ethnic ],<ref>{{Citation|last=]|title=Kazakhstan: Events of 2020|date=3 December 2020|url=https://www.hrw.org/world-report/2021/country-chapters/kazakhstan|language=en|access-date=13 February 2022}}</ref><ref>{{Cite web|last=Felix Corley|date=15 April 2021|title=KAZAKHSTAN: Targeting ethnic Dungan Koran teachers|url=https://www.forum18.org/archive.php?article_id=2652|website=]|language=en-gb}}</ref> ], ],<ref>{{Cite web|date=10 February 2020|title=Dungan Incident Just Kazakhstan's Latest Interethnic Violence|url=https://www.rferl.org/a/dungan-incident-just-kazakhstan-s-latest-interethnic-violence/30427037.html|website=]|language=en}}</ref> and ].<ref>{{Cite news|date=21 August 2015|title=For Kazakhstan's LGBT Community, A Struggle For Recognition And Rights|language=en|work=]|url=http://www.npr.org/sections/parallels/2015/08/21/433450186/for-kazakhstans-lgbt-community-a-struggle-for-recognition-and-rights}}</ref><ref>{{Cite web|date=23 July 2015|title=A Climate of Fear for LGBT People in Kazakhstan|url=https://www.hrw.org/report/2015/07/23/thats-when-i-realized-i-was-nobody/climate-fear-lgbt-people-kazakhstan|website=]}}</ref> | |||
=== Malaysia === | |||
In some cases the rejection of the multicultural consensus in Europe included the revival of a traditional national identity which was often defined by ].{{Fact|date=September 2007}}. That excludes not only first-generation immigrants, but their identifiable descendants, from full membership of the ]. New terms for minorities of immigrant descent have come into use: the (originally ]) term ] in Belgium and the Netherlands, and 'nichtdeutsche Herkunft' or 'ndH' in Germany ('non-German origin'). Both are applied regardless of ]. The renewed emphasis on historical culture places higher demands on ]; immigrants may be encouraged to learn, for example, to identify and describe ] and historical figures such as ] and | |||
{{Main|Ketuanan Melayu|Bumiputera (Malaysia)|Demographics of Malaysia}} | |||
].<ref>Both came second, in polls to find the Greatest Briton and the Greatest Netherlander. Winston Churchill beat Brunel, and Pim Fortuyn beat William of Orange. BBC reports and .</ref> Moreover, in an already culturally diverse population, the promulgation of semi-official 'national values' may prove divisive and/or exclusive. For instance, the 'Muslim test' in Baden-Württemberg implies that those who do not accept homosexuality cannot be German. It was criticised for this and for the supposed ] of having been introduced by a German ] administration. | |||
] is a multiethnic country, with ] making up the majority, close to 58% of the population. About 25% of the population are ]. ] comprise about 7% of the population. The remaining 10% comprises: | |||
* Native ]ns, namely ], ], ], ], ], ], ], ], ], ]s, etc. | |||
* Other native tribes of ], such as the ] and Siamese people, and | |||
* Non-native tribes of Peninsular Malaysia such as the ]s, the ] and the Portuguese. | |||
The ] or NEP serves as a form of "racial equalization" in the view of the Malay-controlled government.<ref>, BBC News</ref> It promotes structural changes in various aspects of life from education to economic to social integration. Established after the ] of 1969, it sought to address the "significant imbalance" in the economic sphere where the minority especially the ] population had substantial control over commercial activity in the country. Critics of this policy has called it synonymous to racial discrimination and synonymous to ]. | |||
Issues of nationality and loyalty can be divisive. In the Netherlands, the ] of anti-immigration politician ] opposed the nomination of two ministers because they had ]. The party subsequently proposed a ] in both ministers. The party doubts their loyalty to the Netherlands, in cases of conflict with their countries of origin (] and ]).<ref>Expatica: "", 23 February 2007.</ref> According to an opinion poll<ref>Trouw: "."</ref> more than half the population agrees with the party. Opinion is sharply divided by political party: 96% of Wilders' voters agree with him, and 93% of ] voters disagree. | |||
The ] has a long history of international trade contacts, influencing its ethnic and religious composition. Predominantly ] before the 18th century, the ethnic composition changed dramatically when the British introduced new industries, and imported Chinese and Indian labor. Several regions in the then ] such as ], Malacca and Singapore became Chinese dominated. Until the riots 1969, co-existence between the three ethnicities (and other minor groups) was largely peaceful, although the three main racial groups for the most part lived in separate communities – the Malays in the villages, the Chinese in the urban areas, and the Indians in the towns and plantation. More Malays however have moved into the cities since the 1970s, and the proportion of the non-Malays have been decreasing continually, especially the Chinese, due in large part to lower birth-rate and emigration as a result of ].<ref>{{Cite web|last=Treena Becker|date=16 August 2016|title=Racism drove me from Malaysia. Love brought me to America|url=http://www.theguardian.com/commentisfree/2016/aug/16/racism-stories-malaysia-love-immigration-america|url-status=live|archive-url=https://archive.today/20220213012238/https://www.theguardian.com/commentisfree/2016/aug/16/racism-stories-malaysia-love-immigration-america|archive-date=13 February 2022|website=]|language=en|access-date=13 February 2022}}</ref><ref>{{cite news |url=http://english.cpiasia.net/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=1804:honey-i-shrunk-the-chinese-&catid=198:helen-ang&Itemid=156 |title=Honey, I shrunk the Chinese! |publisher=CPI |date=9 December 2009 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120525132129/http://english.cpiasia.net/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=1804:honey-i-shrunk-the-chinese-&catid=198:helen-ang&Itemid=156 |archive-date=25 May 2012 }}</ref> | |||
==References== | |||
<!-- ---------------------------------------------------------- | |||
Preceding independence of the ], a ] was negotiated as the basis of a new society. The contract as reflected in the ] states that the immigrant groups are granted citizenship, and Malays' special rights are guaranteed. This is often referred to the ] policy. | |||
See http://en.wikipedia.org/Wikipedia:Footnotes for a | |||
discussion of different citation methods and how to generate | |||
These ] policies have come under pressure from racialist Malay parties, who oppose perceived subversion of Malay rights. The issue is sometimes related to the controversial ]. | |||
footnotes using the<ref>, </ref> and <reference /> tags | |||
----------------------------------------------------------- --> | |||
===Singapore=== | |||
<!-- this 'empty' section displays references defined elsewhere --> | |||
] | |||
{{reflist|2}} | |||
{{Main|Immigration to Singapore}} | |||
Due to historical immigration trends, Singapore has a Chinese majority population with significant minority populations of ] and ] (predominantly ]). Other prominent smaller groups include ], ], ], ], ], ], and Canadians. Besides English, Singapore recognizes three other languages—], ] and ]. English was established as the medium of instruction in schools during the 1960s and 1970s and is the language of trade and government while the other three languages are taught as second languages ("mother tongues"). Besides being a ] country, Singapore also acknowledges festivals celebrated by the three main ethnic communities. | |||
Under the ], the city was divided into ethnic enclaves such as ], ], and ]. Housing in Singapore is governed by the Ethnic Integration Policy, which ensures an even ethnic distribution throughout Singapore.<ref>(n.d.) In ]. Retrieved: 18 November 2010 from {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20100529111744/http://www.hdb.gov.sg/fi10/fi10296p.nsf/PressReleases/C515273FA068DD58482576DD00169155?OpenDocument |date=29 May 2010 }}.</ref> A similar policy exists in politics as all ] are required to field at least one candidate from an ethnic minority.<ref>Goh, Parliamentary Elections (Amendment) Bill, cols. 180–183; {{citation|author=Edwin Lee|title=Singapore: The Unexpected Nation|location=Singapore|publisher=Institute of Southeast Asian Studies|year=2008|page=499|isbn=978-981-230-796-5}}.</ref> | |||
Today, such ethnic enclaves has mostly been eliminated, due to the contemporary Singapore's government policy to encourage further ethnic integration between the different ]. A prominent example is its public housing system. Unlike other countries, public housing is not ostracised by a wide majority of the population and its government, and acts as a necessary and vital measure to provide immaculate and safe housing surrounded by ] at affordable prices, especially during its rapid development and industrialisation in the early years of independence.<ref name="LKS">{{cite book |title=Lim Kim San: a builder of Singapore |date=2009 |publisher=Institute of Southeast Asian Studies |location=Singapore |isbn=978-9812309280}}</ref> It is also meant to foster ] between the social classes and races of Singapore, and prevent neglected areas or districts and ] from developing – known as the Ethnic Integration Policy (EIP).<ref>{{cite web|title=Ethnic Integration Policy and SPR Quota – Housing & Development Board (HDB)|url=http://www.hdb.gov.sg/cs/infoweb/residential/buying-a-flat/resale/ethnic-integration-policy-and-spr-quota|website=Housing and Development Board (HDB)|access-date=11 June 2022}}</ref> As such, it is considered a unique part of Singaporean culture, being commonly associated with the country.<ref name="SGCUL">{{cite web |url=https://theculturetrip.com/asia/singapore/articles/11-things-you-should-know-about-singaporean-culture/ |title=11 Things You Should Know About Singaporean Culture |last=Kaur |first=Tarra |website=theculturetrip.com |date=23 March 2018 |publisher=Culture Trip |access-date=11 June 2022}}</ref> | |||
===South Korea=== | |||
{{Main|Immigration to South Korea}} | |||
] remains a relatively homogenous country ethnically, linguistically, and culturally.<ref>" {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110720053258/http://aparc.stanford.edu/news/koreas_ethnic_nationalism_is_a_source_of_both_pride_and_prejudice_according_to_giwook_shin_20060802 |date=20 July 2011 }}". The Korea Herald. 2 August 2006.</ref> Foreigners, expatriates, and immigrants are often rejected by the mainstream South Korean society and face discrimination.<ref>"" (1999), Eung-Ryul Kim (Korea University and University of Southern California, The Center for Multiethnic and Transnational Studies)</ref> This can be seen as a result of World War II where the first noteworthy wave of multiculturalism between American servicemen and Korean women occurred. South Korea has been long regarded as an ethnic homogeneous country, therefore, the rise in mixed-race children was seen as a new phenomenon. Before the 1990s, the term ''honhyeol'' was commonly used to identify multiracial individuals in Korea – primarily in relation to the children of Korean women and American servicemen;<ref>{{Cite book |last=Chung |first=Erin Aeran |title=Immigration Incorporation in East Asian Democracies |publisher=Cambridge University Press |year=2020}}</ref> this common term strengthened the association of multiracial people with a sense of alienation, rather than promoting cultural diversity within Korea. Not only did this term effectively discriminate against mixed-race Koreans but it also made a clear distinction between native Koreans and mixed-race Koreans. | |||
Han Geon-Soo 2007 notes the increased use of the word "multiculturalism" in South Korea: "As the increase of foreign migrants in Korea transforms a single-ethnic homogeneous Korean society into multiethnic and multicultural one, Korean government and the civil society pay close attention to multiculturalism as an alternative value to their policy and social movement." He argued, however, that "the current discourses and concerns on multiculturalism in Korea" lacked "the constructive and analytical concepts for transforming a society".<ref>{{cite journal |last1=Han |first1=Geon-Soo |title=Multicultural Korea: Celebration or Challenge of Multiethnic Shift in Contemporary Korea? |journal=Korea Journal |date=December 2007 |volume=47 |issue=4 |pages=32–31 |doi=10.25024/KJ.2007.47.4.32 |s2cid=151038291 |doi-access=free }}</ref> | |||
The same year, Stephen Castles of the International Migration Institute argued: | |||
:"Korea no longer has to decide whether it wants to become a multicultural society. It made that decision years ago – perhaps unconsciously – when it decided to be a full participant in the emerging global economy. It confirmed that decision when it decided to actively recruit foreign migrants to meet the economic and demographic needs of a fast-growing society. Korea is faced by a different decision today: what type of multicultural society does it want to be?"<ref>Stephen Castles, {{webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110725111757/http://www.imi.ox.ac.uk/pdfs/SC%20paper%20on%20MC%20soc%20for%20GHFR%20Korea%202007.pdf |date=25 July 2011 }}</ref> | |||
The '']'' suggested in 2009 that South Korea was likely to become a multicultural society.<ref>, Lee Hyo-sik, ''Korea Times'', 24 December 2009</ref> In 2010, an opinion editorial written by Peter Underwood for the '']'' stated: "Media in Korea is abuzz with the new era of multiculturalism. With more than one million foreigners in Korea, 2 percent of the population comes from other cultures." He further opined: | |||
:"If you stay too long, Koreans become uncomfortable with you. Having a two percent foreign population unquestionably causes ripples, but having one million temporary foreign residents does not make Korea a multicultural society. In many ways, this homogeneity is one of Korea's greatest strengths. Shared values create harmony. Sacrifice for the nation is a given. Difficult and painful political and economic initiatives are endured without discussion or debate. It is easy to anticipate the needs and behavior of others. It is the cornerstone that has helped Korea survive adversity. But there is a downside, too. Koreans are immersed in their culture and are thus blind to its characteristics and quirks. Examples of group think are everywhere. Because Koreans share values and views, they support decisions even when they are obviously bad. Multiculturalism will introduce contrasting views and challenge existing assumptions. While it will undermine the homogeneity, it will enrich Koreans with a better understanding of themselves."<ref>{{Cite web|last=Underwood |first=Peter |date=26 August 2010 |url=http://joongangdaily.joins.com/article/view.asp?aid=2925120 |title=Multiculturalism in Korea |work=JoongAng Ilbo |location=South Korea |access-date=2 September 2010 |url-status=unfit |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20100902022520/http://joongangdaily.joins.com/article/view.asp?aid=2925120 |archive-date=2 September 2010 }}</ref> | |||
In 2010, results from the Korean Identity Survey suggested that government programs promoting multiculturalism had seen some success with over 60% of Koreans supporting the idea a multicultural society.<ref>{{Cite web|last1=Palmer |first1=James |last2=Park |first2=Ga-Yong |url=https://foreignpolicy.com/2018/07/16/south-koreans-learn-to-love-the-other-multiculturalism/ |title=South Koreans Learn to Love the Other: How to manufacture multiculturalism |access-date=3 December 2019 |newspaper=Foreign Policy |date=26 July 2018}}</ref> However, the same poll in 2015 showed that support of a multicultural society had dropped to 49.7% suggesting a possible return to ethnic exclusivism.<ref>{{Cite journal|last=Denney |first=Steven |url=https://sinonk.com/2016/10/28/south-korean-identity-the-return-of-ethnic-exclusivism/ |title=South Korean Identity: The Return of Ethnic Exclusivism |access-date=4 December 2019 |journal=Sino-NK |date=28 October 2016}}</ref> | |||
=== Turkey === | |||
{{Main|Immigration to Turkey}} | |||
] is a country that borders both Europe and Asia and is above Africa. It is home to several ethnic groups including Turkish, Arab, Armenian, Assyrian, Greek, Kurdish, and Jewish. There are cultural influences dating back to ancient Hellenic, Semitic and Iranian civilizations which diffused and mingled in myriad ways over a period of centuries.<ref name="auto2">{{cite journal |last1=Rauf |first1=Imam Feisal Abdul |title=MULTICULTURALISMS: Western, Muslim and Future |journal=CrossCurrents |date=2005 |volume=55 |issue=1 |pages=100–105 |jstor=24461190 }}</ref> | |||
In recent years there has been an increase of diversity acceptance in Turkey, mainly because there was fear of losing values of the ].<ref>{{cite book |last=Kaya |first=Ayhan |chapter=Multiculturalism and Minorities in Turkey |date=2013 |title=Challenging Multiculturalism |pages=297–316 |series=European Models of Diversity |publisher=Edinburgh University Press |isbn=978-0-7486-6457-3 |jstor=10.3366/j.ctt20q22fw.20 }}</ref> | |||
== Africa == | |||
===Cameroon=== | |||
Officially known as the Republic of Cameroon, ] is found in central Africa consisting of a diverse geographical and cultural area that makes it one of the most diverse countries known today. Ranging from mountains, deserts, and rainforests, to coast-lands and savanna grasslands, its diverse geography makes a large diverse population possible. This diverse geography resembles Africa as a whole and due to this, many people commonly label Cameroon as "Africa in Miniature".<ref name=":02">{{Cite web|url=https://www.cia.gov/the-world-factbook/countries/cameroon/|title=The World Factbook – Central Intelligence Agency|website=cia.gov|language=en|access-date=26 July 2018}}</ref><ref name=":13">{{cite journal |last1=Mbenda |first1=Huguette Gaelle Ngassa |last2=Awasthi |first2=Gauri |last3=Singh |first3=Poonam K |last4=Gouado |first4=Inocent |last5=Das |first5=Aparup |title=Does malaria epidemiology project Cameroon as 'Africa in miniature'? |journal=Journal of Biosciences |date=September 2014 |volume=39 |issue=4 |pages=727–738 |doi=10.1007/s12038-014-9451-y |pmid=25116627 |s2cid=17219470 }}</ref> | |||
==== Demographics and official languages ==== | |||
Before Cameroon's independence, it was under British and French colonial rule from 1916–1961.<ref name=":13"/> Upon gaining ], a major colonial influence was evident, having both English and French become the national language to roughly 25,000,000 Cameroonian residents.<ref>{{Cite web|url=https://esa.un.org/unpd/wpp/DataQuery/|title=World Population Prospects – Population Division – United Nations|website=esa.un.org|access-date=26 July 2018|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160919061238/https://esa.un.org/unpd/wpp/DataQuery/|archive-date=19 September 2016|url-status=dead}}</ref><ref name=":4">{{cite conference |last1=Asanga Fon |first1=Nguh Nwei |title=Can Bilingualism Survive in Cameroon? |pages=260–275 |conference=The Future of Humanities, Education and Creative Industries |date=October 2017 |url=https://www.researchgate.net/publication/338146687 }}</ref> Apart from these two major languages, a new language consisting of a mixture of French, English, and ] known as ] gained popularity among Cameroonian residents.<ref name=":2">{{Cite news|url=https://newuh.blog/2012/12/13/cameroon-africa-in-miniature-in-what-sense/|title=Cameroon: Africa in Miniature – In what Sense?|date=13 December 2012|work=KINGSLEY SHETEH'S BLOG|access-date=26 July 2018|language=en-US|archive-date=26 July 2018|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180726201806/https://newuh.blog/2012/12/13/cameroon-africa-in-miniature-in-what-sense/|url-status=dead}}</ref> | |||
==== Indigenous languages ==== | |||
Although these three languages are the most common in Cameroon, there are still approximately 273 ] languages being spoken throughout the country, making it not only culturally diverse but linguistically as well.<ref name=":3">{{Cite web|url=https://www.ethnologue.com/country/CM|title=Cameroon|website=Ethnologue|access-date=26 July 2018}}</ref> Among those who speak these indigenous languages are people from ], Sudanic, ], ] (or ]) and even primitive hunter-gatherer groups known as ].<ref name=":5">{{Cite encyclopedia|url=https://www.britannica.com/place/Cameroon|title=Cameroon {{!}} Culture, History, & People|encyclopedia=Encyclopedia Britannica|access-date=26 July 2018|language=en}}</ref><ref name=":6">{{Cite web|url=https://www.iwgia.org/en/cameroon|title=Cameroon|website=iwgia.org|language=en-gb|access-date=26 July 2018}}</ref> | |||
==== Indigenous peoples' rights ==== | |||
Although native to Cameroonian land, they faced constant discrimination much like other indigenous groups around the world. The United Nations General Assembly (]) adopted the United Nations' Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples (]) in 2007. What this allowed was the protection of land and resource rights and prevented others from ] or violating them.<ref>{{cite journal |last1=Samuel |first1=Nguiffo |last2=Amougou |first2=Victor Amougou |last3=Schwartz |first3=Brendan |last4=Cotula |first4=Lorenzo |title=Indigenous peoples' land rights in Cameroon: progress to date and possible futures |date=December 2017 |publisher=International Institute for Environment and Development |url=https://pubs.iied.org/17448IIED |jstor=resrep16706 }}</ref> In 2016, a group of indigenous Baka and Bagyeli groups united to form Gbabandi. Gbabandi allowed these indigenous groups to have a form of representation and a declared list of requirements that people of Cameroon had to abide by. Among these requirements were guaranteed land rights, peoples' consent to the usage of their sacred land, traditional chiefs and the ability to participate in "local, regional, and national levels" of political and economic matters. As a result, this established a sense of justice and acknowledgment among indigenous groups in Cameroon and posed for future battles for indigenous peoples' rights.<ref>{{Cite web|url=https://www.forestpeoples.org/en/rights-land-natural-resources/news-article/2017/declaration-land-rights-gbabandi-platform-cameroon|title=Declaration on land rights from the Gbabandi Platform, Cameroon {{!}} Forest Peoples Programme|website=forestpeoples.org|language=en|access-date=26 July 2018}}</ref> | |||
===Mauritius=== | |||
Multiculturalism has been a characteristic feature of the island of ].<ref name="LionnetShi2005">{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=NJKgGEb2jpsC&pg=PA203|title=Minor transnationalism|author1=Françoise Lionnet|author2=Shumei Shi|date=16 February 2005|publisher=Duke University Press|isbn=978-0-8223-3490-3|page=203|access-date=29 January 2012}}</ref> This is mainly because of colonization that has been present from, the English, the French, and the Dutch.<ref>{{cite journal |last1=Ng Tseung-Wong |first1=Caroline |last2=Verkuyten |first2=Maykel |title=Multiculturalism, Mauritian Style: Cultural Diversity, Belonging, and a Secular State |journal=American Behavioral Scientist |date=May 2015 |volume=59 |issue=6 |pages=679–701 |doi=10.1177/0002764214566498 |hdl=1874/329780 |s2cid=144906729 |hdl-access=free }}</ref> However, the Mauritian society includes people from many different ethnic and religious groups: Hindu, Muslim and ]s, ] (of African and ] descent), Buddhist and Roman Catholic ]s and ]s (descendants of the original French colonists).<ref>{{cite web|url=http://www.infomauritius.com/|title=Some facts about Mauritius|publisher=Infomauritius.com|access-date=10 December 2010|archive-date=21 August 2010|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20100821215852/http://www.infomauritius.com/|url-status=dead}}</ref> Mauritius has embraced intertwining of cultures from the origin of the country, and has coined the term fruit-salad, which is a much more appealing term in comparison to melting-pot showing that they were not forced to these cultures.<ref>{{cite journal |last1=Ng |first1=Eddy S. |last2=Bloemraad |first2=Irene |title=A SWOT Analysis of Multiculturalism in Canada, Europe, Mauritius, and South Korea |journal=American Behavioral Scientist |date=May 2015 |volume=59 |issue=6 |pages=619–636 |doi=10.1177/0002764214566500 |s2cid=147514771 }}</ref> | |||
=== South Africa === | |||
{{Main|Immigration to South Africa}} | |||
South Africa is the fifth-most populous country and one of the most developed countries in Africa.<ref>{{Cite news|url=https://www.worldatlas.com/articles/the-10-most-populated-countries-in-africa.html|title=The 10 Most Populated Countries in Africa|work=WorldAtlas|access-date=26 July 2018|language=en}}</ref> South Africa also officially recognises 11 languages including English, making it third behind Bolivia and India in most official languages.<ref>{{Cite web|url=http://www.statssa.gov.za/census/census_2011/census_products/Census_2011_Census_in_brief.pdf|title=Census 2011 Census in Brief|date=13 May 2015|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150513171240/http://www.statssa.gov.za/census/census_2011/census_products/Census_2011_Census_in_brief.pdf|archive-date=13 May 2015|url-status=dead|access-date=26 July 2018}}</ref> The three most common languages are Zulu, Xhosa, and Afrikaans. Though South Africa's cultural traditions may decline as it becomes more and more Westernised due to its development, it is still known for its diverse culture. | |||
== Oceania == | |||
===Australia=== | |||
{{Main|Multiculturalism in Australia}} | |||
The next country to adopt an official policy of multiculturalism after Canada was Australia, a country with similar immigration situations and similar policies, for example the formation of the ].<ref name="immi.gov.au">{{cite web |url=http://www.immi.gov.au/media/publications/research/_pdf/poa-2008.pdf |title=IMMI.gov.au |access-date=10 December 2010 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20081209074027/http://www.immi.gov.au/media/publications/research/_pdf/poa-2008.pdf |archive-date=9 December 2008 |url-status=dead }}</ref> The ] retains multiculturalism in policy and as a defining aspect of Australia today.<ref name="Reference"/><ref name="ReferenceA"/><ref name="policy"/><ref name="hon-tony"/> | |||
]]] | |||
The ] was dismantled after World War II by various changes to ], although the official policy of multiculturalism was not formally introduced until 1972.<ref name="GalliganRavenhill1997">{{cite book|author1=Brian Galligan|author2=John Ravenhill|title=New developments in Australian politics|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=DFUm9uiS5akC&pg=PA13|date=15 June 1997|publisher=Macmillan Education AU|isbn=978-0-7329-4304-2|page=13}}</ref> The election of ] government in 1996 was a major watershed for Australian multiculturalism. ] had long been a critic of multiculturalism, releasing his ] in the late 1980s.<ref name="Cornelius2004">{{cite book|author=Wayne A. Cornelius|title=Controlling immigration: a global perspective|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=i0d10wbGkWEC&pg=PA143|year=2004|publisher=Stanford University Press|isbn=978-0-8047-4490-4|page=143}}</ref> '']'', first published in 1999, was a publication of the ] designed to offer guidance to police and emergency services personnel on how religious affiliation can affect their contact with the public.<ref>{{cite web|title=Document Details|work=Abstract Database|publisher=US National Criminal Justice Reference Service|url=http://www.ncjrs.gov/App/abstractdb/AbstractDBDetails.aspx?id=183016|access-date=28 April 2010}}</ref><ref name="dunn">{{Cite journal|last=Dunn|first=Andy|title=Two-Way Tolerance|journal=Police Journal Online|volume=81|issue=6|date=June 2000|url=http://www.policejournalsa.org.au/0006/17a.html|access-date=27 April 2010|archive-date=28 September 2009|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20090928055931/http://policejournalsa.org.au/0006/17a.html|url-status=dead}}</ref><ref>{{Cite book|last=Chilana|first=Rajwant Singh|title=International bibliography of Sikh studies|publisher=Springer|year=2005|page=444|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=wEX-98eVyBcC&pg=PA444|isbn=978-1-4020-3043-7}}</ref> The first edition covered ], ], ], Jewish and ] faiths, with participation of representatives of the various religions.<ref>{{Cite book|title=A Practical Reference to Religious Diversity for Operational Police|publisher=National Police Ethnic Advisory Bureau |edition=1st |year=1999 |url=http://www.apmab.gov.au/guide/religious/religious.pdf|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20030316104007/http://www.apmab.gov.au/guide/religious/religious.pdf|archive-date=16 March 2003}}</ref> The second edition, published in 2002, added Christian, ] and ] religions and the ] to the list of religions.<ref>{{Cite book|title=A Practical Reference to Religious Diversity for Operational Police|publisher=Australasian Police Multicultural Advisory Bureau |edition=2nd |year=2002 |url=http://www.apmab.gov.au/guide/religious2/religious_guide.pdf|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20050619070219/http://www.apmab.gov.au/guide/religious2/religious_guide.pdf|archive-date=19 June 2005}}</ref> | |||
Contact between people of different cultures in Australia has been characterised by tolerance and engagement, but have also occasionally resulted in conflict and rifts.<ref>{{Cite journal |url = http://www.hawaii.edu/hivandaids/Racism,_Ethnicity_and_Hate_Crime.pdf |last1 = White |first1 = Rob |last2 = Perrone |first2 = Santina |year = 2001 |title = Racism, Ethnicity and Hate Crime |journal = Communal/Plural |volume = 9 |issue = 2 |pages = 161–81 |access-date = 18 August 2012 |doi = 10.1080/13207870120081479 |url-status = dead |archive-url = https://web.archive.org/web/20100705040633/http://www.hawaii.edu/hivandaids/Racism,_Ethnicity_and_Hate_Crime.pdf |archive-date = 5 July 2010 }}</ref><ref>{{Cite book |title = Hate Speech and Freedom of Speech in Australia |chapter = The Volatility of Racism in Australia |pages = 20–33 |editor1= Katharine Gelber |editor2=Adrienne Stone |isbn = 9781862876538 |publisher = Federation Press |year=2007 |chapter-url = https://books.google.com/books?id=Y3oYYweMrF8C&q=%22volatility+of+racism+in+australia%22&pg=PA20 |author = Ann Curthoys |author-link=Ann Curthoys }}</ref> Australia's diverse migrant communities have brought with them food, lifestyle and cultural practices, many of which have been absorbed into mainstream Australian culture.<ref name="Reference"/><ref name="ReferenceA"/> | |||
Members of a multicultural community who are not of ] background or not ] are often referred to in policy discourse as ] (CALD), introduced in 1996 to replace non-English speaking background (NESB).<ref>{{cite journal |last1=Sawrikar |first1=Pooja |last2=Katz |first2=Ilan |year=2009 |title=How useful is the term 'culturally and linguistically diverse' (CALD) in Australian research and policy discourse? |hdl=10707/20945 |hdl-access=free }}</ref><ref>{{cite web | title=What is CALD? – Culturally and Linguistically Diverse (2020 Edition) | website=EthnoLink | date=19 February 2019 | url=https://www.ethnolink.com.au/cald-culturally-and-linguistically-diverse/ | access-date=30 August 2020}}</ref><ref>{{cite journal |last1=Jeon |first1=Yun-Hee |last2=Chenoweth |first2=Lynn |title=Working With a Culturally and Linguistically Diverse (CALD) Group of Nurses |journal=Collegian |date=January 2007 |volume=14 |issue=1 |pages=16–22 |doi=10.1016/s1322-7696(08)60543-0 |pmid=17294682 |hdl=10453/5895 |hdl-access=free }}</ref> | |||
=== New Zealand === | |||
New Zealand is a ] Oceanic country that adopted its multicultural policies post World War II. The country used to have immigration policies similar to Australia's ] and the United States ],<ref>Socidad Peruana de Medicina Intensiva (SOPEMI) (2000). ''Trends in international migration: continuous reporting system on migration''. ]. pp. 276–278.</ref> but it would later follow suit with Australia and Canada in the 1970s and adopt similar multicultural policies. The relaxation of migration led to an influx of new migration to New Zealand in the 1980s.<ref>{{Cite web|url=https://teara.govt.nz/en/history-of-immigration|title=History of immigration – Te Ara Encyclopedia of New Zealand|last=Taonga|first=New Zealand Ministry for Culture and Heritage Te Manatu|website=teara.govt.nz|language=en|access-date=16 July 2018}}</ref><ref>Phillips, Jock (11 August 2015). "History of immigration". Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand. Retrieved 2 June 2017.</ref> This led to an increase of Asian and Pacific islander peoples on the island, and ultimately a more diverse European population.<ref>{{Cite web|url=https://teara.govt.nz/en/the-new-zealanders/page-13|title=13. – The New Zealanders – Te Ara Encyclopedia of New Zealand|last=Taonga|first=New Zealand Ministry for Culture and Heritage Te Manatu|website=teara.govt.nz|language=en|access-date=16 July 2018}}</ref> In 1985, the Law Commission Act was passed which required the New Zealand Law Commission to review laws while taking into account both the indigenous ] of New Zealand and New Zealand's multicultural character.<ref name="auto">{{Cite web|url=https://www.queensu.ca/mcp/immigrant-minorities/evidence/new-zealand|title=New Zealand {{!}} Multiculturalism Policies in Contemporary Democracies|website=queensu.ca|language=en|access-date=16 July 2018}}</ref> In 1987, New Zealand officially recognized the indigenous Māori language as a national language.<ref>"Waitangi Tribunal claim – Māori Language Week". Ministry for Culture and Heritage. July 2010. Retrieved 19 January 2011.</ref> The revitalization in the Māori language led to its immersion in schools and television broadcast.<ref>{{Cite news|url=https://www.nzherald.co.nz/business/news/article.cfm?c_id=3&objectid=11670518|title=John Drinnan: 'Maori' will remain in the name Maori Television|last=@Zagzigger2|first=John Drinnan John Drinnan is the Media writer for the New Zealand Herald jdrinnan@xtra co nz|date=7 July 2016|work=NZ Herald|access-date=16 July 2018|language=en-NZ|issn=1170-0777}}</ref> | |||
In 2001, the New Zealand government opened an Office of Ethnic Affairs to advise its local governments on the advancement of ethnic diversity and affairs of its multicultural communities.<ref name="auto"/> ] on the island have both their Māori and English names officially recognized. Māori makes up 3.7% of the population's speaking language.<ref>{{Cite web|url=https://www.stats.govt.nz/topics/language?url=/Census/2013-census/profile-and-summary-reports/quickstats-culture-identity/languages.aspx|title=Language {{!}} Stats NZ|website=stats.govt.nz|language=en-NZ|access-date=16 July 2018}}</ref> A 2013 census of New Zealand's population showed that 74% of the population identifies ethnically as European, while the latter 15% majority identify as Māori. The remainder identify as Asian, Arab, African, Pacific Islander and Latin American. | |||
=== Papua New Guinea === | |||
] is one of the most multicultural countries in the world.<ref>{{cite journal |last1=Fearon |first1=James D. |title=Ethnic and Cultural Diversity by Country |journal=Journal of Economic Growth |date=1 June 2003 |volume=8 |issue=2 |pages=195–222 |doi=10.1023/A:1024419522867 |s2cid=152680631 }}</ref> This Oceanian country is home to over eight million people<ref>{{Cite web|url=https://esa.un.org/unpd/wpp/DataQuery/|title=World Population Prospects - Population Division - United Nations|website=esa.un.org|access-date=6 July 2018|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160919061238/https://esa.un.org/unpd/wpp/DataQuery/|archive-date=19 September 2016|url-status=dead}}</ref> that are divided into hundreds of different indigenous ethnic groups and cultures with over 820 different indigenous languages.<ref>{{Cite news|url=https://www.ethnologue.com/country/PG|title=Papua New Guinea|work=Ethnologue|access-date=6 July 2018|language=en}}</ref> A majority of the indigenous groups are ] who have ancestors that lived in New Guinea over ten thousand years ago. The latter majority are ] whose ancestors arrived less than four thousand years ago. The island's population is also made up of many ] citizens from China, Australia, Indonesia, Europe and the Philippines. In 1975, the island population was found to be made up of 40,000 of these diverse expatriate citizens.<ref>{{Cite encyclopedia|url=https://www.britannica.com/place/Papua-New-Guinea|title=Papua New Guinea {{!}} Culture, History, & People|encyclopedia=Encyclopedia Britannica|access-date=11 July 2018|language=en}}</ref> Despite the large amount of culturally diverse locations on the island, the ] is the only ] World heritage location.<ref>{{Cite web|url=https://whc.unesco.org/en/statesparties/PG|title=Papua New Guinea |work= UNESCO World Heritage Centre|language=en|access-date=28 July 2018}}</ref> | |||
==See also== | ==See also== | ||
{{Portal|Society}} | |||
{{columns |width=260px | |||
{{div col|colwidth=28em}} | |||
|col1 = | |||
* ] | * ] | ||
* ] | * ] | ||
* ] | * ] | ||
* ] | * ] | ||
* ] | |||
* ] | * ] | ||
* ] | * ] | ||
* ] | * ] | ||
* ] | |||
|col2 = | |||
* ] | * ] | ||
* ] | * ] | ||
* ] | |||
* ] | |||
* ] | |||
* ] (Canada) | |||
* ] | |||
* ] | |||
* ] | |||
* ] | |||
* ] | |||
* ] | |||
* ] | |||
* ] | * ] | ||
* '']'' (book) | |||
* ] | |||
* ] | |||
* ] | |||
* ] | |||
* ] Multicultural Fraternity, Incorporated | |||
* ] | * ] | ||
* ] | |||
* ] | |||
* ] | |||
* ] | |||
*] | |||
* ] | |||
* ] | |||
* ] | |||
* ] | |||
* ] | |||
* ] | * ] | ||
* ] | |||
* ] | |||
* ] | |||
|col3 = | |||
* ] (]) | |||
* ] | |||
* ] | |||
* ] | * ] | ||
* '']'' (book) | |||
* ] | |||
* |
*] | ||
* ] | * ] | ||
{{div col end}} | |||
* ] | |||
* ] | |||
}} | |||
== |
== References == | ||
<!-- === Citations === --> | |||
* | |||
{{Reflist}} | |||
==Further reading== | == Further reading == | ||
{{refbegin|30em}} | |||
*{{cite book|last= Ankerl |first= Guy |title= Global communication without universal civilization |origyear= 2000 |series= INU societal research |volume= Vol.1: Coexisting contemporary civilizations : Arabo-Muslim, Bharati, Chinese, and Western |publisher= INU Press |location= Geneva |isbn= 2-88155-004-5 |pages= }} | |||
* {{cite book|author-link=Brian Barry|author=Barry Brian|title=Culture and Equality: An Egalitarian Critique of Multiculturalism|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=COkp0MUhV-4C&pg=PP1|date=30 October 2002|publisher=Harvard University Press|isbn=978-0-674-01001-7}} | |||
* Barzilai, Gad. (2003). ''Communities and Law: Politics and Cultures of Legal Identities.'' (Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press). | |||
* {{cite book|author=Baumann, Gerd|title=The Multicultural Riddle: Rethinking National, Ethnic, and Religious Identities|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=wzJqENtElDAC&pg=PP1|date=22 March 1999|publisher=Psychology Press|isbn=978-0-415-92213-5}} | |||
* Chiu, C.-Y. & Lueng, A. (2007). In-Mind Magazine. | |||
* {{cite book|author=Bennett, David|title=Multicultural States: Rethinking Difference and Identity|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=7PhRagnCkF0C&pg=PP1|date=10 November 1998|publisher=Psychology Press|isbn=978-0-415-12159-0}} | |||
* Gottfried, Paul Edward. (2002) "Multiculturalism and the Politics of Guilt: Toward a Secular Theoracy," (University of Missouri). | |||
* {{cite book|author-link=Gad Barzilai|author=Barzilai, Gad|title=Communities And Law: Politics And Cultures of Legal Identities|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=mHWXPvD3TGcC&pg=PP1|date=9 February 2005|publisher=University of Michigan Press|isbn=978-0-472-03079-8}} | |||
*Icart, Jean-Claude. Montreal: National Film Board of Canada, 2007. <http://www.nfb.ca/acrosscultures/>. | |||
* {{cite book|author=Caravantes, Ernesto|title=From melting pot to witch's cauldron: how multiculturalism failed America|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=fF9TI8BsOdAC&pg=PP1|date=30 June 2010|publisher=Government Institutes|isbn=978-0-7618-5056-4}} | |||
*Jedwab, Jack. Montreal: National Film Board of Canada, 2007. <http://www.nfb.ca/acrosscultures/>. | |||
* {{cite book|author=Eriksen, Jens-Martin and Stjernfelt, Frederik|title=The democratic contradictions of multiculturalism|url=http://www.telospress.com/teloscasteriksen-and-stjernfelts-the-democratic-contradictions-of-multiculturalism/|year=2012|publisher=Telos Press|isbn=978-0914386469}} | |||
*Kukushkin, Vadim. Montreal: National Film Board of Canada, 2007. <http://www.nfb.ca/acrosscultures/>. | |||
* {{cite book|author=Fillion, Réal Robert|title=Multicultural dynamics and the ends of history: exploring Kant, Hegel, and Marx|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=eh9JrJH1HiwC&pg=PP1|year=2008|publisher=University of Ottawa Press|isbn=978-0-7766-0670-5}} | |||
* Stephens, J. (2006) ''Multiculturalism''. | |||
* {{cite book|author=Fortier, Anne-Marie|title=Multicultural Horizons: Diversity and the Limits of the Civil Nation|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=3ReWEWKXwrsC&pg=PP1|date=2 April 2008|publisher=Taylor & Francis|isbn=978-0-415-39608-0}} | |||
* {{cite book|author=Goldber, David Theo|title=Multiculturalism: A Critical Reader|year=1994|publisher=Blackwell Publishers|isbn=978-0-631-18912-1}} | |||
* {{cite book|author1=Gordon, Avery|author2=Newfield, Christopher|name-list-style=amp|title=Mapping Multiculturalism|year=1996|publisher=University of Minnesota Press|isbn=978-0-8166-2547-5}} | |||
* {{cite book|author=Gottfried, Paul|title=Multiculturalism and the Politics of Guilt: Toward a Secular Theocracy|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=AkDOtBZHm5UC&pg=PP1|date=January 2004|publisher=University of Missouri Press|isbn=978-0-8262-1520-8|author-link=Paul Gottfried}} | |||
* Icart, Jean-Claude (2007). in ''Across Cultures'' Montreal: National Film Board of Canada. | |||
* {{cite book|author1=International Progress Organization|author2-link=UNESCO|author2=UNESCO|name-list-style=amp|title=Cultural self-comprehension of nations|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=YI_nZjqwPIYC&pg=PP1|year=1978|publisher=International Progress Organization|isbn=978-3-7711-0311-8}} | |||
* {{cite book|author=Hesse, Barnor|title=Un/settled Multiculturalisms: Diasporas, Entanglements, "transruptions"|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=KiWYDGkcipQC&pg=PP1|year=2000|publisher=Zed Books|isbn=978-1-85649-560-8}} | |||
* {{cite book|author-link=Will Kymlicka|author=Kymlicka, Will|title=Multicultural Citizenship: A Liberal Theory of Minority Rights|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=w5Kaqqy-W78C&pg=PP1|date=1 June 1995|publisher=Oxford University Press|isbn=978-0-19-152097-6}}) | |||
* Kymlicka, Will (8 December 2005). ''Multiculturalism in Asia''. Oxford University Press. ({{ISBN|019927763X}}) | |||
* Ley, David "multiculturalism" in Gregory, Derek (ed.) (2009) ''The Dictionary of Human Geography'' (5th ed.) Blackwell Publishers. | |||
* {{cite book|author1=Mendola, Louis |author2=Alio, Jacqueline |title=The Peoples of Sicily: A Multicultural Legacy|year=2013|publisher=Trinacria|isbn=978-0-615-79694-9}} | |||
* {{cite book|author-link1=Tariq Modood|author1=Modood, Tariq|author2=Werbner, Phina|name-list-style=amp|title=The Politics of Multiculturalism in the New Europe: Racism, Identity, and Community|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=YqRPR6RA-x0C&pg=PP1|date=15 October 1997|publisher=Palgrave Macmillan|isbn=978-1-85649-422-9}} | |||
* {{cite book|author=Okin, Susan Moller|title=Is Multiculturalism Bad for Women?|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=oOCjHMn_SbUC&pg=PP1|date=9 August 1999|publisher=Princeton University Press|isbn=978-1-4008-4099-1}} | |||
* {{cite book|author=Parekh, Bhikhu C.|title=Rethinking Multiculturalism: Cultural Diversity and Political Theory|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=Ajx-AoUIW6wC&pg=PP1|year=2002|publisher=Harvard University Press|isbn=978-0-674-00995-0}} | |||
* {{Cite journal | last= Putnam | first = Robert D. | author-link = Robert D. Putnam | title = ''E Pluribus Unum'': Diversity and community in the twenty-first century | id = ] | journal = ] | volume = 30 | issue = 2 | pages = 137–174 | doi = 10.1111/j.1467-9477.2007.00176.x | date = June 2007 | s2cid = 14234366 }} | |||
* {{cite book | last = Russon | first = John | author-link = John Russon | title = Human experience philosophy, neurosis, and the elements of everyday life | publisher = State University of New York Press | location = Albany | year = 2003 | isbn = 9780791486757 }} | |||
* {{cite news | last = Sailer | first = Steve | author-link = Steve Sailer | title = Fragmented future | url = http://www.amconmag.com/article/2007/jan/15/00007/ | work = ] | publisher = Jon Basil Utley | date = 15 January 2007 | access-date = 19 November 2009 | archive-url = https://web.archive.org/web/20110604174328/http://www.amconmag.com/article/2007/jan/15/00007/ | archive-date = 4 June 2011 | url-status = dead }} | |||
* {{cite book|author=Taylor, Charles|title=Multiculturalism|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=EnebqvkFiCwC&pg=PP1|date=20 December 2011|publisher=Princeton University Press|isbn=978-1-4008-2140-2|author-link=Charles Taylor (philosopher)|edition=Expanded Paperback}}. | |||
* {{cite book|author=Tremblay, Arjun|title=Diversity in Decline: The rise of the political right and the Fate of Multiculturalism|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=hoV-uwEACAAJ|year=2019|publisher=Palgrave Macmillan|isbn= 978-3-030-02299-0}} | |||
* {{Cite journal | last = Žižek | first = Slavoj | author-link = Slavoj Žižek | title = Multiculturalism, or, the cultural logic of multinational capitalism | journal = ] | volume = I | issue = 225 | pages = 28–51 | date = September–October 1997 | url = http://newleftreview.org/I/225/slavoj-zizek-multiculturalism-or-the-cultural-logic-of-multinational-capitalism }} | |||
{{refend}} | |||
== External links == | |||
] | |||
{{Wikiquote}} | |||
{{Commons category}} | |||
* {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190509165756/http://theriskyshift.com/2012/09/multiculturalism-modern-discourse |date=9 May 2019 }} | |||
* – '']'' | |||
* – Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy | |||
* – CBC video archives (14 September 2004 – 42:35 min) | |||
* | |||
{{Clear}} | |||
] | |||
{{Multiculturalism}} | |||
] | |||
{{navboxes | |||
] | |||
|list= | |||
] | |||
{{Culture}} | |||
] | |||
{{Discrimination}} | |||
] | |||
{{Social philosophy}} | |||
] | |||
{{Political philosophy}} | |||
] | |||
}} | |||
] | |||
{{Authority control}} | |||
] | |||
] | |||
] | |||
] | |||
] | |||
] | |||
] | |||
] | |||
] | |||
] | |||
] | |||
] | |||
] | |||
] | |||
] | |||
] | |||
] | |||
] | |||
] | |||
] | |||
] | |||
] |
Latest revision as of 10:31, 22 December 2024
Existence of multiple cultural traditions within a single country Not to be confused with Polyculturalism.
Multiculturalism is the coexistence of multiple cultures. The word is used in sociology, in political philosophy, and colloquially. In sociology and everyday usage, it is usually a synonym for ethnic or cultural pluralism in which various ethnic and cultural groups exist in a single society. It can describe a mixed ethnic community area where multiple cultural traditions exist (such as New York City, London, Mumbai, Hong Kong, or Paris) or a single country (such as Switzerland, Belgium, Singapore or Russia). Groups associated with an indigenous, aboriginal or autochthonous ethnic group and settler-descended ethnic groups are often the focus.
In reference to sociology, multiculturalism is the end-state of either a natural or artificial process (for example: legally controlled immigration) and occurs on either a large national scale or on a smaller scale within a nation's communities. On a smaller scale this can occur artificially when a jurisdiction is established or expanded by amalgamating areas with two or more different cultures (e.g. French Canada and English Canada). On a large scale, it can occur as a result of either legal or illegal migration to and from different jurisdictions around the world.
In reference to political science, multiculturalism can be defined as a state's capacity to effectively and efficiently deal with cultural plurality within its sovereign borders. Multiculturalism as a political philosophy involves ideologies and policies which vary widely. It has been described as a "salad bowl" and as a "cultural mosaic", in contrast to a "melting pot".
Prevalence
History
States that embody multicultural ideals have arguably existed since ancient times. The Achaemenid Empire founded by Cyrus the Great followed a policy of incorporating and tolerating various cultures.
A historical example of multiculturalism was the Habsburg monarchy, which had broken up in 1918 and under whose roof many different ethnic, linguistic and religious groups lived together. The Habsburg rule was mired in controversy, including events such as the mass murder committed against Székelys by the Habsburg army in 1764 and the destruction of Romanian Orthodox Churches and Monasteries in Transylvania by Adolf Nikolaus von Buccow. Both events had happened during the rule of Maria Theresa. Today's topical issues such as social and cultural differentiation, multilingualism, competing identity offers or multiple cultural identities have already shaped the scientific theories of many thinkers of this multi-ethnic empire. After the First World War, ethnic minorities were disadvantaged, forced to emigrate or even murdered in most regions in the area of the former Habsburg monarchy due to the prevailing nationalism at the time. In many areas, these ethnic mosaics no longer exist today. The ethnic mix of that time can only be experienced in a few areas, such as in the former Habsburg port city of Trieste.
In the political philosophy of multiculturalism, ideas are focused on the ways in which societies are either believed to or should, respond to cultural and Christian differences. It is often associated with "identity politics", "the politics of difference", and "the politics of recognition". It is also a matter of economic interests and political power. In more recent times political multiculturalist ideologies have been expanding in their use to include and define disadvantaged groups such as African Americans and the LGBT community, with arguments often focusing on ethnic and religious minorities, minority nations, indigenous peoples and even people with disabilities. It is within this context in which the term is most commonly understood and the broadness and scope of the definition, as well as its practical use, has been the subject of serious debate.
Most debates over multiculturalism center around whether or not multiculturalism is the appropriate way to deal with diversity and immigrant integration. The arguments regarding the perceived rights to a multicultural education include the proposition that it acts as a way to demand recognition of aspects of a group's culture subordination and its entire experience in contrast to a melting pot or non-multicultural societies.
The term multiculturalism is most often used in reference to Western nation-states, which had seemingly achieved a de facto single national identity during the 18th and/or 19th centuries. Multiculturalism has been official policy in several Western nations since the 1970s, for reasons that varied from country to country, including the fact that many of the great cities of the Western world are increasingly made of a mosaic of cultures.
The Canadian government has often been described as the instigator of multicultural ideology because of its public emphasis on the social importance of immigration. The Canadian Royal Commission on Bilingualism and Biculturalism is often referred to as the origins of modern political awareness of multiculturalism. Canada has provided provisions to the French speaking majority of Quebec, whereby they function as an autonomous community with special rights to govern the members of their community, as well as establish French as one of the official languages. In the Western English-speaking countries, multiculturalism as an official national policy started in Canada in 1971, followed by Australia in 1973 where it is maintained today. It was quickly adopted as official policy by most member-states of the European Union. Recently, right-of-center governments in several European states – notably the Netherlands and Denmark – have reversed the national policy and returned to an official monoculturalism. A similar reversal is the subject of debate in the United Kingdom, among others, due to evidence of incipient segregation and anxieties over "home-grown" terrorism. Several heads-of-state or heads-of-government have expressed doubts about the success of multicultural policies: The United Kingdom's ex-Prime Minister David Cameron, German Chancellor Angela Merkel, Australia's ex-prime minister John Howard, Spanish ex-prime minister José María Aznar and French ex-president Nicolas Sarkozy have voiced concerns about the effectiveness of their multicultural policies for integrating immigrants.
Many nation-states in Africa, Asia, and the Americas are culturally diverse and are 'multicultural' in a descriptive sense. In some, ethnic communalism is a major political issue. The policies adopted by these states often have parallels with multiculturalist policies in the Western world, but the historical background is different, and the goal may be a mono-cultural or mono-ethnic nation-building – for instance in the Malaysian government's attempt to create a 'Malaysian race' by 2020.
Support
Multiculturalism is seen by its supporters as a fairer system that allows people to truly express who they are within a society, that is more tolerant and that adapts better to social issues. They argue that culture is not one definable thing based on one race or religion, but rather the result of multiple factors that change as the world changes.
Historically, support for modern multiculturalism stems from the changes in Western societies after World War II, in what Susanne Wessendorf calls the "human rights revolution", in which the horrors of institutionalized racism and ethnic cleansing became almost impossible to ignore in the wake of the Holocaust; with the collapse of the European colonial system, as colonized nations in Africa and Asia successfully fought for their independence and pointed out the discriminatory underpinnings of the colonial system; and, in the United States in particular, with the rise of the Civil Rights Movement, which criticized ideals of assimilation that often led to prejudices against those who did not act according to Anglo-American standards and which led to the development of academic ethnic studies programs as a way to counteract the neglect of contributions by racial minorities in classrooms. As this history shows, multiculturalism in Western countries was seen to combat racism, to protect minority communities of all types, and to undo policies that had prevented minorities from having full access to the opportunities for freedom and equality promised by the liberalism that has been the hallmark of Western societies since the Age of Enlightenment. The contact hypothesis in sociology is a well-documented phenomenon in which cooperative interactions with those from a different group than one's own reduce prejudice and inter-group hostility.
Will Kymlicka argues for "group differentiated rights", that help both religious and cultural minorities operate within the larger state as a whole, without impinging on the rights of the larger society. He bases this on his opinion that human rights fall short in protecting the rights of minorities, as the state has no stake in protecting the minorities.
C. James Trotman argues that multiculturalism is valuable because it "uses several disciplines to highlight neglected aspects of our social history, particularly the histories of women and minorities promotes respect for the dignity of the lives and voices of the forgotten. By closing gaps, by raising consciousness about the past, multiculturalism tries to restore a sense of wholeness in a postmodern era that fragments human life and thought."
Tariq Modood argues that in the early years of the 21st century, multiculturalism "is most timely and necessary, and we need more not less", since it is "the form of integration" that (1) best fits the ideal of egalitarianism, (2) has "the best chance of succeeding" in the "post-9/11, post 7/7" world, and (3) has remained "moderate pragmatic".
Bhikhu Parekh counters what he sees as the tendencies to equate multiculturalism with racial minorities "demanding special rights" and to see these as promoting a "thinly veiled racis". Instead, he argues that multiculturalism is in fact "not about minorities" but "is about the proper terms of the relationship between different cultural communities", which means that the standards by which the communities resolve their differences, e.g., "the principles of justice" must not come from only one of the cultures but must come "through an open and equal dialogue between them."
Balibar characterizes criticisms of multiculturalism as "differentialist racism", which he describes as a covert form of racism that does not purport ethnic superiority as much as it asserts stereotypes of perceived "incompatibility of life-styles and traditions".
While there is research that suggests that ethnic diversity increases chances of war, lower public goods provision and decreases democratization, there is also research that shows that ethnic diversity in itself is not detrimental to peace, public goods provision or democracy. Rather, it was found that promoting diversity actually helps in advancing disadvantaged students. A 2018 study in the American Political Science Review cast doubts on findings that ethnoracial homogeneity led to greater public goods provision. A 2015 study in the American Journal of Sociology challenged past research showing that racial diversity adversely affected trust.
According to migration researcher Hein de Haas, research shows that there is no systematic relationship between levels of immigration or ethnic diversity and social cohesion or trust. Studies show that factors such as economic inequality and trust in government are much more important for social cohesion than diversity. In countries and regions where income inequality is low and where people trust their government, social cohesion remains strong even with high levels of diversity. Canada and Australia, for example, are countries with high levels of immigration and diversity, but also with stable and well-functioning societies. On the other hand, hate speech toward minority groups by politicians can reduce social cohesion. So diversity as such does not undermine social cohesion, hate speech by politicians does.
Criticism
Main article: Criticism of multiculturalismCritics of multiculturalism often debate whether the multicultural ideal of benignly co-existing cultures that interrelate and influence one another, and yet remain distinct, is sustainable, paradoxical, or even desirable. It is argued that nation states, who would previously have been synonymous with a distinctive cultural identity of their own, lose out to enforced multiculturalism and that this ultimately erodes the host nations' distinct culture.
Sarah Song views cultures as historically shaped entities by its members, and that they lack boundaries due to globalization, thereby making them stronger than others might assume. She goes on to argue against the notion of special rights as she feels cultures are mutually constructive, and are shaped by the dominant culture. Brian Barry advocates a difference-blind approach to culture in the political realm and he rejects group-based rights as antithetical to the universalist liberal project, which he views as based on the individual.
Susan Moller Okin, a feminist professor of political philosophy, argued in 1999, in "Is multiculturalism bad for women?", that the principle that all cultures are equal means that the equal rights of women in particular are sometimes severely violated.
Harvard professor of political science Robert D. Putnam conducted a nearly decade-long study on how multiculturalism affects social trust. He surveyed 26,200 people in 40 American communities, finding that when the data were adjusted for class, income and other factors, the more racially diverse a community is, the greater the loss of trust. People in diverse communities "don't trust the local mayor, they don't trust the local paper, they don't trust other people and they don't trust institutions," writes Putnam. In the presence of such ethnic diversity, Putnam maintains that, "e hunker down. We act like turtles. The effect of diversity is worse than had been imagined. And it's not just that we don't trust people who are not like us. In diverse communities, we don't trust people who do not look like us". Putnam has also stated, however, that "this allergy to diversity tends to diminish and to go away... I think in the long run we'll all be better." Putnam denied allegations he was arguing against diversity in society and contended that his paper had been "twisted" to make a case against race-conscious admissions to universities. He asserted that his "extensive research and experience confirm the substantial benefits of diversity, including racial and ethnic diversity, to our society."
Ethnologist Frank Salter writes:
Relatively homogeneous societies invest more in public goods, indicating a higher level of public altruism. For example, the degree of ethnic homogeneity correlates with the government's share of gross domestic product as well as the average wealth of citizens. Case studies of the United States, Africa and South-East Asia find that multi-ethnic societies are less charitable and less able to cooperate to develop public infrastructure. Moscow beggars receive more gifts from fellow ethnics than from other ethnies [sic]. A recent multi-city study of municipal spending on public goods in the United States found that ethnically or racially diverse cities spend a smaller portion of their budgets and less per capita on public services than do the more homogeneous cities.
Dick Lamm, former three-term Democratic governor of the US state of Colorado, argued that "diverse peoples worldwide are mostly engaged in hating each other—that is, when they are not killing each other. A diverse, peaceful, or stable society is against most historical precedent."
The American classicist Victor Davis Hanson used the perceived differences in "rationality" between Moctezuma and Cortés to argue that Western culture was superior to every culture in the entire world, which thus led him to reject multiculturalism as a false doctrine that placed all cultures on an equal footing.
In New Zealand (Aotearoa), which is officially bi-cultural, multiculturalism has been seen as a threat to the Māori as an attempt by the New Zealand Government to undermine Māori demands for self-determination and encourage assimilation.
Right wing sympathisers have been shown to increasingly take part in a multitude of online discursive efforts directed against global brands' multicultural advertisements.
Americas
Argentina
Main articles: Demographics of Argentina and Immigration to ArgentinaThough not called Multiculturalism as such, the preamble of Argentina's constitution explicitly promotes immigration, and recognizes the individual's multiple citizenship from other countries. Though 97% of Argentina's population self-identify as of European descent and mestizo to this day a high level of multiculturalism remains a feature of Argentina's culture, allowing foreign festivals and holidays (e.g. Saint Patrick's Day), supporting all kinds of art or cultural expression from ethnic groups, as well as their diffusion through an important multicultural presence in the media. In Argentina there are recognized regional languages Guaraní in Corrientes, Quechua in Santiago del Estero, Qom, Mocoví, and Wichí in Chaco. According to the National Institute of Indigenous Affairs published on its website, there are 1,779 registered indigenous communities in Argentina, belonging to 39 indigenous peoples.
Bolivia
Bolivia is a diverse country made up of 36 different types of indigenous groups. Over 62% of Bolivia's population falls into these different indigenous groups, making it the most indigenous country in Latin America. Out of the indigenous groups the Aymara and the Quechua are the largest. The latter 30% of the population is a part of the mestizo, which are a people mixed with European and indigenous ancestry. Bolivia's political administrations have endorsed multicultural politics and in 2009 Bolivia's Constitution was inscribed with multicultural principles. The Constitution of Bolivia recognizes 36 official languages besides Spanish, each language has its own culture and indigenous group. Bolivian culture is celebrated across the country and has heavy influences from the Aymara, the Quechua, the Spanish, and other popular cultures from around Latin America.
Brazil
Brazil has been known to acclaim multiculturalism and has undergone many changes regarding this in the past few decades. Brazil is a controversial country when it comes to defining a multicultural country. There are two views: the Harvard Institute of Economic Research states that Brazil has an intersection of many cultures because of recent migration, while the Pew Research Center states that Brazil is culturally diverse but the majority of the country speaks Portuguese.
Cities such as São Paulo are home to migrants from Japan, Italy, Lebanon and Portugal. There is a multicultural presence in this city, and this is prevalent throughout Brazil. Furthermore, Brazil is a country that has made great strides to embrace migrant cultures. There has been increased awareness of anti-blackness and active efforts to combat racism. However, there is still a lack of school engagement in these matters.
Canada
Main article: Multiculturalism in CanadaCanadian society is often depicted as being "very progressive, diverse, and multicultural," or a just society that formally acknowledges several different cultures and beliefs. Multiculturalism, however, is a misnomer often misidentified as a societal ideal with its associated natural moral sensitivity, whereas it functions as a political instrument for diversity management under official policy. Multiculturalism was adopted as the official policy of the Canadian government during the premiership of Pierre Elliott Trudeau in the 1970s and 1980s, influenced by factors such as the militant politics of Québécois nationalism, rising Indigenous discontent over the assimilationist policies outlined in the 1969 White Paper, the threat of American cultural annexation, the need to secure ethnic votes in immigrant-rich urban centers, and the appeasement of other European ethnic groups.
Multiculturalism is reflected in the law through the Canadian Multiculturalism Act and section 27 of the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms. Canadian multiculturalism is often seen as celebrating immigrant ways of life from outside the country, and as such, it is looked upon with admiration resulting in dismissing of most critics of the concept. The Broadcasting Act of 1991 asserts the Canadian broadcasting system should reflect the diversity of cultures in the country. This conceptual transition of multiculturalism is also reflected in Canada's official discourse, where attitudes about “multiculturalism” have shifted to focus on “diversity,” fueled by increasing immigration rates. It now emphasizes Canada's growing multicultural makeup and the variety of ethnic and racial groups within the country. Multiculturalism in Canada is often globally recognized as one of the country's significant accomplishments in diversity management, and a key distinguishing element of Canadian national identity.
In a 2002 interview with The Globe and Mail, Karīm al-Hussainī, the 49th Aga Khan of the Ismaili Muslims, described Canada as "the most successful pluralist society on the face of our globe", citing it as "a model for the world". He explained that the experience of Canadian governance—its commitment to pluralism and its support for the rich multicultural diversity of its people—is something that must be shared and would be of benefit to all societies in other parts of the world. The Economist ran a cover story in 2016 praising Canada as the most successful multicultural society in the West. The Economist argued that Canada's multiculturalism was a source of strength that united the diverse population and by attracting immigrants from around the world was also an engine of economic growth as well. The influence of the transitioned ideology of multiculturalism in the public sphere has led many public and private groups in Canada to work toward supporting both multiculturalism and recent immigrants to Canada. In an effort to support recent Filipino immigrants to Alberta, for example, one school board partnered with a local university and an immigration agency to support these new families in their school and community.
Mexico
Mexico has historically always been a multicultural country. After the betrayal of Hernán Cortés to the Aztecs, the Spanish conquered the Aztec Empire and colonized indigenous people. They influenced the indigenous religion, politics, culture and ethnicity. The Spanish opened schools in which they taught Christianity, and the Spanish language eventually surpassed indigenous languages, making it the most spoken language in Mexico. Mestizo was also born from the conquest, which meant being half-Indigenous and half-Spanish.
Mexico City has recently been integrating rapidly, doing much better than many cities in a sample conducted by the Intercultural Cities Index (being the only non-European city, alongside Montreal, on the index). Mexico is an ethnically diverse country with a population composed of approximately 123 million in 2017. There is a wide variety of ethnic groups, the major group being Mestizos followed by White Mexicans and Indigenous Mexicans. There are many other ethnic groups such as Arab Mexicans, Afro-Mexicans and Asian Mexicans.
From the year 2000 to 2010, the number of people in Mexico that were born in another country doubled, reaching a total of 961,121 people, mostly coming from Guatemala and the United States. Mexico is quickly becoming a melting pot, with many immigrants coming into the country. It is considered to be a cradle of civilization, which influences their multiculturalism and diversity, by having different civilizations influence them. A distinguishable trait of Mexico's culture is the mestizaje of its people, which caused the combination of Spanish influence, their indigenous roots while also adapting the culture traditions from their immigrants.
Peru
Peru is an exemplary country of multiculturalism, in 2016 the INEI reported a total population of 31 million people. They share their borders with Ecuador, Colombia, Brazil, Chile and Bolivia, and have welcomed many immigrants into their country creating a diverse community.
Peru is the home to Amerindians but after the Spanish Conquest, the Spanish brought African, and Asian peoples as slaves to Peru creating a mix of ethnic groups. After slavery was no longer permitted in Peru, African-Peruvians and Asian-Peruvians have contributed to Peruvian culture in many ways. Today, Amerindians make up 25.8% of the population, Mestizos 60.2%, White 5.9% and 4.8% is composed by Black, Chinese, Japanese and others. In 1821, Peru's president José de San Martín gave foreigners the freedom to start industries in Peru's ground, 2 years after, foreigners that lived in Peru for more than 5 years were considered naturalized citizens, which then decreased to 3 years.
United States
See also: Multicultural education and Race and ethnicity in the United States Little Italy (top, c. 1900) in New York City abuts Manhattan's Chinatown.Although official multiculturalism policy is not established at the federal level, ethnic and cultural diversity is common in rural, suburban and urban areas.
Continuous mass immigration was a feature of the United States economy and society since the first half of the 19th century. The absorption of the stream of immigrants became, in itself, a prominent feature of America's national myth. The idea of the melting pot is a metaphor that implies that all the immigrant cultures are mixed and amalgamated without state intervention. The melting pot theory implied that each individual immigrant, and each group of immigrants, assimilated into American society at their own pace. This is different from multiculturalism as it is defined above, which does not include complete assimilation and integration. The melting pot tradition co-exists with a belief in national unity, dating from the American founding fathers:
Providence has been pleased to give this one connected country to one united people – a people descended from the same ancestors, speaking the same language, professing the same religion, attached to the same principles of government, very similar in their manners and customs... This country and this people seem to have been made for each other, and it appears as if it was the design of Providence, that an inheritance so proper and convenient for a band of brethren, united to each other by the strongest ties, should never be split into a number of unsocial, jealous, and alien sovereignties.
As a philosophy, multiculturalism began as part of the pragmatism movement at the end of the 19th century in Europe and the United States, then as political and cultural pluralism at the turn of the 20th century. It was partly in response to a new wave of European imperialism in sub-Saharan Africa and the massive immigration of Southern and Eastern Europeans to the United States and Latin America. Philosophers, psychologists and historians and early sociologists such as Charles Sanders Peirce, William James, George Santayana, Horace Kallen, John Dewey, W. E. B. Du Bois and Alain Locke developed concepts of cultural pluralism, from which emerged what we understand today as multiculturalism. In Pluralistic Universe (1909), William James espoused the idea of a "plural society". James saw pluralism as "crucial to the formation of philosophical and social humanism to help build a better, more egalitarian society.
The educational approach to multiculturalism has since spread to the grade school system, as school systems try to rework their curricula to introduce students to diversity earlier – often on the grounds that it is important for minority students to see themselves represented in the classroom. Studies estimated 46 million Americans ages 14 to 24 to be the most diverse generation in American society. In 2009 and 2010, controversy erupted in Texas as the state's curriculum committee made several changes to the state's requirements, often at the expense of minorities. They chose to juxtapose Abraham Lincoln's inaugural address with that of Confederate president Jefferson Davis; they debated removing Supreme Court Justice Thurgood Marshall and labor-leader Cesar Chavez and rejected calls to include more Hispanic figures, in spite of the high Hispanic population in the state.
According to a 2000 analysis of domestic terrorism in the United States, "A distinctive feature of American terrorism is the ideological diversity of perpetrators. White racists are responsible for over a third of the deaths, and black militants have claimed almost as many. Almost all of the remaining deaths are attributable to Puerto Rican nationalists, Islamic extremists, revolutionary leftists and emigre groups." Twenty years later, far-right and white racists were observed as the leading perpetrators of domestic terrorism in the U.S. According to a 2020 study by the Strategic & International Studies, right-wing extremists are responsible for the murder of 329 people since 1994 (over half due to the terrorist bombing of the 1995 bombing of the Alfred P. Murrah building in Oklahoma City, which killed 168 people).
Effect of diversity on civic engagement
A 2007 study by Robert Putnam encompassing 30,000 people across the US found that diversity had a negative effect on civic engagement. The greater the diversity, the fewer people voted and the less they volunteered for community projects; also, trust among neighbours was only half that of homogenous communities. Putnam says, however, that "in the long run immigration and diversity are likely to have important cultural, economic, fiscal, and developmental benefits", as long as society successfully overcomes the short-term problems. Putnam adds that his "extensive research and experience confirm the substantial benefits of diversity, including racial and ethnic diversity, to our society."
Venezuela
Venezuela is home to a variety of ethnic groups, with an estimated population of 32 million, as of 2018. Their population is composed of approximately 68% mestizo, which means of mixed race. Venezuelan culture is mainly composed of a mixture of their indigenous culture, Spanish, and African. There was a heavy influence of Spanish culture due to the Spanish Conquest, which influenced their religion, language and traditions. African influence can be seen in their music. While Spanish is Venezuela's main language, there are more than 40 indigenous languages spoken to this day.
Colombia
This section does not cite any sources. Please help improve this section by adding citations to reliable sources. Unsourced material may be challenged and removed. (October 2024) (Learn how and when to remove this message) |
Colombia, with an estimated population of 51 million inhabitants, is populated by a great variety of ethnic groups. Approximately 49% of its population is mestizo, 37% white, 10% African descent, 3.4% indigenous and 0.6 Gypsy.
It is estimated that 18.8 million Colombians are direct descendants of Europeans, either by one of their parents or grandparents. Mainly from Spain, Italy, Germany, Poland and England, they represent 37% of its population. The Arab (Asian) descent also predominates in the country. The Syrians, Lebanese and Palestinians are the largest post-independence immigrants to the country, so much so that Colombia has the second largest Arab colony in Latin America, with a little more than 3.2 million descendants, which represents 6.4% of its population.
Europe
Historically, Europe has always been a mixture of Latin, Slavic, Germanic, Uralic, Celtic, Hellenic, Illyrian, Thracian and other cultures influenced by the importation of Jewish, Christian, Muslim and other belief systems; although the continent was supposedly unified by the super-position of Imperial Roman Christianity, it is accepted that geographic and cultural differences continued from antiquity into the modern age.
In the nineteenth century, the ideology of nationalism transformed the way Europeans thought about the state. Existing states were broken up and new ones created; the new nation-states were founded on the principle that each nation is entitled to its own sovereignty and to engender, protect, and preserve its own unique culture and history. Unity, under this ideology, is seen as an essential feature of the nation and the nation-state; unity of descent, unity of culture, unity of language, and often unity of religion. The nation-state constitutes a culturally homogeneous society, although some national movements recognised regional differences.
Where cultural unity was insufficient, it was encouraged and enforced by the state. The nineteenth century nation-states developed an array of policies – the most important was compulsory primary education in the national language. The language itself was often standardised by a linguistic academy, and regional languages were ignored or suppressed. Some nation-states pursued violent policies of cultural assimilation and even ethnic cleansing.
Some countries in the European Union have introduced policies for "social cohesion", "integration", and (sometimes) "assimilation". The policies include:
- Compulsory courses and/or tests on national history, on the constitution and the legal system (e.g., the computer-based test for individuals seeking naturalisation in the UK named Life in the United Kingdom test)
- Introduction of an official national history, such as the national canon defined for the Netherlands by the van Oostrom Commission, and promotion of that history (e.g., by exhibitions about national heroes)
- Tests designed to elicit "unacceptable" values. In Baden-Württemberg, immigrants are asked what they would do if their son says he is a homosexual (the desired answer is that they would accept it).
Other countries have instituted policies which encourage cultural separation. The concept of "Cultural exception" proposed by France in the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT) negotiations in 1993 was an example of a measure aimed at protecting local cultures.
Bulgaria
Since its establishment in the seventh century, Bulgaria has hosted many religions, ethnic groups and nations. The capital city Sofia is the only European city that has peacefully functioning, within walking distance of 300 metres, four Places of worship of the major religions: Eastern Orthodox (St Nedelya Church), Islam (Banya Bashi Mosque), Roman Catholicism (St. Joseph Cathedral), and Orthodox Judaism (Sofia Synagogue, the third-largest synagogue in Europe).
This unique arrangement has been called by historians a "multicultural cliche". It has also become known as "The Square of Religious Tolerance" and has initiated the construction of a 100-square-metre scale model of the site that is to become a symbol of the capital.
Furthermore, unlike some other Nazi Germany allies or German-occupied countries excluding Denmark, Bulgaria managed to save its entire 48,000-strong Jewish population during World War II from deportation to Nazi concentration camps. According to Dr Marinova-Christidi, the main reason for the efforts of Bulgarian people to save their Jewish population during WWII is that within the region, they "co-existed for centuries with other religions" – giving it a unique multicultural and multiethnic history.
Consequently, within the Balkan region, Bulgaria has become an example for multiculturalism in terms of variety of religions, artistic creativity and ethnicity. Its largest ethnic minority groups, Turks and Roma, enjoy wide political representation. In 1984, following a campaign by the Communist regime for a forcible change of the Islamic names of the Turkish minority, an underground organisation called «National Liberation Movement of the Turks in Bulgaria» was formed which headed the Turkish community's opposition movement. On 4 January 1990, the activists of the movement registered an organisation with the legal name Movement for Rights and Freedoms (MRF) (in Bulgarian: Движение за права и свободи: in Turkish: Hak ve Özgürlükler Hareketi) in the Bulgarian city of Varna. At the moment of registration, it had 33 members, at present, according to the organisation's website, 68,000 members plus 24,000 in the organisation's youth wing . In 2012, Bulgarian Turks were represented at every level of government: local, with MRF having mayors in 35 municipalities, at parliamentary level with MRF having 38 deputies (14% of the votes in Parliamentary elections for 2009–13) and at executive level, where there is one Turkish minister, Vezhdi Rashidov. 21 Roma political organisations were founded between 1997–2003 in Bulgaria.
France
Further information: Immigration to FranceAfter the end of World War II in 1945, immigration significantly increased. During the period of reconstruction, France lacked the labour to do so, and as a result; the French Government was eager to recruit immigrants coming from all over Europe, the Americas, Africa and Asia.
Although there was a presence of, Vietnamese in France since the late-nineteenth century (mostly students and workers), a wave of Vietnamese migrated after 1954. These migrants consisted of those who were loyal to the colonial government and those married to French colonists. Following the partition of Vietnam, students and professionals from South Vietnam continued to arrive in France. Although many initially returned to the country after a few years, as the Vietnam War situation worsened, a majority decided to remain in France and brought their families over as well.
This period also saw a significant wave of immigrants from Algeria. As the Algerian War started in 1954, there were already 200,000 Algerian immigrants in France. However, because of the tension between the Algerians and the French, these immigrants were no longer welcome. This conflict between the two sides led to the Paris Massacre of 17 October 1961, when the police used force against an Algerian demonstration on the streets of Paris. After the war, after Algeria gained its independence, the free circulation between France and Algeria was once again allowed, and the number of Algerian immigrants started to increase drastically. From 1962–75, the Algerian immigrant population increased from 350,000 to 700,000. Many of these immigrants were known as the "harkis", and the others were known as the "pieds-noirs". The "harkis" were Algerians who supported the French during the Algerian War; once the war was over, they were deeply resented by other Algerians, and thus had to flee to France. The "pieds-noirs" were European settlers who moved to Algeria, but migrated back to France since 1962 when Algeria declared independence.
According to Erik Bleich, multiculturalism in France faced stiff resistance in the educational sector, especially regarding recent Muslim arrivals from Algeria. Gatekeepers often warned that multiculturalism was a threat to the historic basis of French culture.
Jeremy Jennings finds three positions among elites regarding the question of reconciling traditional French Republican principles with multiculturalism. The traditionalists refuse to make any concessions and instead insist on clinging to the historic republican principles of "laïcité" and the secular state in which religion and ethnicity are always ignored. In the middle are modernising republicans who uphold republicanism but also accept some elements of cultural pluralism. Finally there are multiculturalist republicans who envision a pluralist conception of French identity and seek an appreciation of the positive values brought to France by the minority cultures.
A major attack on multiculturalism came in Stasi Report of 2003 which denounces "Islamism" as deeply opposed to the mainstream interpretations of French culture. It is portrayed as a dangerous political agenda that will create a major obstacle for Muslims to comply with French secularism or "laïcité ". Murat Akan, however, argues that the Stasi Report and the new regulations against the hijab and religious symbols in the schools must be set against gestures toward multiculturalism, such as the creation of Muslim schools under contract with the government.
Germany
Main article: Immigration to GermanyIn October 2010, Angela Merkel told a meeting of younger members of her Christian Democratic Union (CDU) party at Potsdam, near Berlin, that attempts to build a multicultural society in Germany had "utterly failed", stating: "The concept that we are now living side by side and are happy about it does not work". She continued to say that immigrants should integrate and adopt Germany's culture and values. This has added to a growing debate within Germany on the levels of immigration, its effect on Germany and the degree to which middle eastern immigrants have integrated into German society. In 2015, Merkel again criticized multiculturalism on the grounds that it leads to parallel societies.
The Ahmadiyya Muslim Community of Germany is the first Muslim group to have been granted "corporation under public law status", putting the community on par with the major Christian churches and Jewish communities of Germany.
Luxembourg
Luxembourg has one of the highest foreign-born populations in Europe, foreigners account for nearly half of the country's total population. The majority of foreigners are from: Belgium, France, Italy, Germany, and Portugal. In total, 170 different nationalities make up the population of Luxembourg, out of this; 86% are of European descent. The official languages of Luxembourg are German, French, and Luxembourgish all of which are supported in the Luxembourg government and education system. In 2005, Luxembourg officially promoted and implemented the objectives of the UNESCO Convention on the Protection and Promotion of the Diversity of Cultural Expressions. This Convention affirms multicultural policies in Luxembourg and creates political awareness of cultural diversity.
Netherlands
Main article: Multiculturalism in the NetherlandsMulticulturalism in the Netherlands began with major increases in immigration to the Netherlands during the mid-1950s and 1960s. As a consequence, an official national policy of multiculturalism was adopted in the early-1980s. Different groups could themselves determine religious and cultural matters, while state authorities would handle matters of housing and work policy.
In the 1990s, the public debate were generally optimistic on immigration and the prevailing view was that a multicultural policy would reduce the social economic disparities over time.
This policy subsequently gave way to more assimilationist policies in the 1990s and post-electoral surveys uniformly showed from 1994 onwards that a majority preferred that immigrants assimilated rather than retained the culture of their country of origin.
Following the September 11 attacks in the United States and the murders of Pim Fortuyn (in 2002) and Theo van Gogh (in 2004), there was increased political debate on the role of multiculturalism in the Netherlands.
Lord Sacks, Chief Rabbi of the United Hebrew Congregations of the Commonwealth, made a distinction between tolerance and multiculturalism, citing the Netherlands as a tolerant, rather than multicultural, society. In June 2011, the First Rutte cabinet said the Netherlands would turn away from multiculturalism: "Dutch culture, norms and values must be dominant" Minister Donner said.
Romania
Since Antiquity, Romania has hosted many religious and ethnic groups, including Roma people, Hungarians, Germans, Turks, Greeks, Tatars, Slovaks, Serbs, Jews and others. Unfortunately, during the WW2 and the Communism, most of these ethnic groups chose to emigrate to other countries. However, since the 1990s, Romania has received a growing number of immigrants and refugees, most of them from the Arab World, Asia or Africa. Immigration is expected to increase in the future, as large numbers of Romanian workers leave the country and are being replaced by foreigners.
Scandinavia
Multiculturalism in Scandinavia has centered on discussions about marriage, dress, religious schools, Muslim funeral rites and gender equality. Forced marriages have been widely debated in Denmark, Sweden and Norway but the countries differ in policy and responses by authorities.
Sweden has the most permissive policies while Denmark the most restrictive ones.
Denmark
Main article: Immigration to DenmarkThis section has multiple issues. Please help improve it or discuss these issues on the talk page. (Learn how and when to remove these messages)
|
In 2001, Denmark, a liberal-conservative coalition government with the support of the Danish People's Party which instituted less pluralistic policy, geared more towards assimilation.
A 2018 study found that increases in local ethnic diversity in Denmark caused "rightward shifts in election outcomes by shifting electoral support away from traditional "big government" left‐wing parties and towards anti‐immigrant nationalist parties."
For decades, Danish immigration policy was built upon the belief that, with support, immigrants and their descendants would eventually reach the same levels of education as Danes. In a 2019 report, the Danish Immigration Service and the Ministry of Education found this to be false. The report found that, while the second-generation immigrants without a Western background do better than their parents, the same is not true for third-generation immigrants. One of the reasons given was that second-generation immigrants may marry someone from their country of origin, which may cause Danish not to be spoken at home, which would put the children at a disadvantage in school. Thereby, the process of integrating has to start from the beginning for each generation.
Norway
Main article: Immigration to NorwayApart from citizens of Nordic countries, all foreigners must apply for permanent residency in order to live and work in Norway. In 2017, the Norwegian immigrant population was made up of: citizens of EU and EEA countries (41.2%); citizens of Asian countries, including Turkey (32.4%); citizens of African countries (13.7%); and citizens of non-EU/EEA European, North American, South American and Oceanian countries (12.7%).
In 2015, during the European migrant crisis, a total of 31,145 asylum seekers, most of whom came from Afghanistan and Syria, crossed the Norwegian border. In 2016, the number of asylum seekers dramatically reduced by almost 90%, with 3460 asylum seekers coming to Norway. This was partly due to the stricter border control across Europe, including an agreement between the EU and Turkey.
As of September 2019, 15 foreign residents who had travelled from Norway to Syria or Iraq to join the Islamic State have had their residence permits revoked.
The Progress Party has named the reduction of high levels of immigration from non-European countries one of their goals:
- "Immigration from countries outside the EEA must be strictly enforced to ensure a successful integration. It can not be accepted that fundamental Western values and human rights are set aside by cultures and attitudes that certain groups of immigrants bring with them to Norway."
An extreme form of opposition to immigration in Norway were the 22/7 attacks carried out by the terrorist Anders Behring Breivik on 22 July 2011. He killed 8 people by bombing government buildings in Oslo and massacred 69 young people at a youth summer camp held by the Labour Party, who were in power at the time. He blamed the party for the high level of Muslim immigration and accused it of "promoting multiculturalism".
Sweden
Main article: Immigration to SwedenSweden has from the early 1970s experienced a greater share of non-Western immigration than the other Scandinavian countries, which consequently have placed multiculturalism on the political agenda for a longer period of time.
Sweden was the first country to adopt an official policy of multiculturalism in Europe. On 14 May 1975, a unanimous Swedish parliament passed an act on a new multiculturalist immigrant and ethnic minority policy put forward by the social democratic government, that explicitly rejected the ideal ethnic homogeneity and the policy of assimilation. The three main principles of the new policy were equality, partnership and freedom of choice. The explicit policy aim of the freedom of choice principle was to create the opportunity for minority groups in Sweden to retain their own languages and cultures. From the mid-1970s, the goal of enabling the preservation of minorities and creating a positive attitude towards the new officially endorsed multicultural society among the majority population became incorporated into the Swedish constitution as well as cultural, educational and media policies. Despite the anti-multiculturalist protestations of the Sweden Democrats, multiculturalism remains official policy in Sweden.
A 2008 study which involved questionnaires sent to 5,000 people, showed that less than a quarter of the respondents (23%) wanted to live in areas characterised by cultural, ethnic and social diversity.
A 2014 study published by Gävle University College showed that 38% of the population never interacted with anyone from Africa and 20% never interacted with any non-Europeans. The study concluded that while physical distance to the country of origin, also religion and other cultural expressions are significant for the perception of cultural familiarity. In general, peoples with Christianity as the dominant religion were perceived to be culturally closer than peoples from Muslim countries.
A 2017 study by Lund University also found that social trust was lower among people in regions with high levels of past non-Nordic immigration than among people in regions with low levels of past immigration. The erosive effect on trust was more pronounced for immigration from culturally distant countries.
Serbia
In Serbia, there are 19 officially recognised ethnic groups with a status of national minorities. Vojvodina is an autonomous province of Serbia, located in the northern part of the country. It has a multiethnic and multicultural identity; there are more than 26 ethnic groups in the province, which has six official languages. Largest ethnic groups in Vojvodina are Serbs (67%), Hungarians (13%), Slovaks, Croats, Romani, Romanians, Montenegrins, Bunjevci, Bosniaks, Rusyns. The Chinese and Arabs, are the only two significant immigrant minorities in Serbia.
Radio Television of Vojvodina broadcasts program in ten local languages. The project by the Government of AP Vojvodina titled "Promotion of Multiculturalism and Tolerance in Vojvodina", whose primary goal is to foster the cultural diversity and develop the atmosphere of interethnic tolerance among the citizens of Vojvodina, has been successfully implemented since 2005. Serbia is continually working on improving its relationship and inclusion of minorities in its effort to gain full accession to the European Union. Serbia has initiated talks through Stabilisation and Association Agreement on 7 November 2007.
United Kingdom
Main article: Modern immigration to the United KingdomMulticultural policies were adopted by local administrations from the 1970s and 1980s onwards. In 1997, the newly elected Labour government committed to a multiculturalist approach at a national level, but after 2001, there was something of a backlash, led by centre-left commentators such as David Goodhart and Trevor Phillips. The Government then embraced a policy of community cohesion instead. In 2011, Conservative Prime Minister David Cameron said in a speech that "state multiculturalism has failed". Critics argue that analyses which view society as 'too diverse' for social democracy and cohesion have "performative" effects regarding legitimate racism towards those classed as immigrants.
Russian Federation
Main articles: Ethnic groups in Russia and Russian nationality lawThe idea of multiculturalism in Russia is closely linked to the territory and the Soviet concept of "nationality". The Federation is divided into a series of republics where each ethnic group has preponderance in deciding the laws that affect that republic. A distinction is then made between Rossiyane (Russian citizens) and Russkie (ethnic Russians).
Each people within their territories has the right to practice their customs and traditions and even to impose their own laws, as is the case in Chechnya, as long as they do not violate federal and constitutional laws of the Russian Federation.
Asia
India
According to the 1961 Census of India, there are 1652 indigenous languages in the country. The culture of India has been shaped by its long history, unique geography and diverse demography. India's languages, religions, dance, music, architecture and customs differ from place to place within the country, but nevertheless possess a commonality. The culture of India is an amalgamation of these diverse sub-cultures spread all over the Indian subcontinent and traditions that are several millennia old. The previously prevalent Indian caste system describes the social stratification and social restrictions in the Indian subcontinent, in which social classes are defined by thousands of endogamous hereditary groups, often termed jātis or castes.
Religiously, Hindus form the majority, followed by Muslims. The statistics are: Hindu (79.8%), Muslim (14.2%), Christian (2.3%), Sikh (1.7%), Buddhist (0.7%), Jain (0.4%), Unaffiliated (0.23%), Baháʼís, Jews, Zoroastrians, and others (0.65%). Linguistically, the two main language families in India are Indo-Aryan (a branch of Indo-European) and Dravidian. In India's northeast, people speaking Sino-Tibetan group of languages such as Meitei (Meitei-lon) and Bodo recognized by the Indian constitution and Austroasiatic languages are commonly found. India (officially) follows a three-language policy. Hindi (spoken in the form of Hindustani) is the official federal language, English has the federal status of associate/subsidiary official language and each state has its own state official language (in the Hindi sprachraum, this reduces to bilingualism). Further, India does not have any national language. The Republic of India's state boundaries are largely drawn based on linguistic groups; this decision led to the preservation and continuation of local ethno-linguistic sub-cultures, except for the Hindi sprachraum which is itself divided into many states. Thus, most states differ from one another in language, culture, cuisine, clothing, literary style, architecture, music and festivities.
India has encountered religiously motivated violence, such as the Moplah Riots, the Bombay riots, the 1984 Sikh genocide, the 1990 Exodus of Kashmiri Hindus, the 2002 Gujarat riots, the 2008 Mumbai attacks, the 2012 Assam violence, the 2013 Muzaffarnagar riots, and the 2020 Delhi riots. This has resulted from traditionally disadvantaged communities in public employment such as the policing of the same locality, apprehension of owners in giving properties for sale or rent and of society in accepting inter-marriages.
Cultural minorities in India
The Indian constitution requires the various state-run institutions to provide quotas for minorities, which give these cultural minorities equal opportunities, as well as a forum through which they can actively participate in the institutions of the dominant culture. Indian polity after the 1990s has been marked by a shift from secular principles to a landscape that is dominated by pro-Hindu propaganda; the Bhartiya Janata Party has used this rhetoric by reconstructing Hinduism and bartering it under the guise of Indian nationalism. However, the rise of pro-Hindu ideology, commonly known as Hindutva, has impinged on the rights of cultural minorities. This can be seen in the large scale violence against cultural minorities, the votebank politics used by the Indian National Congress, and the promotion of issues faced by the larger religious communities over those faced by the backward groups in religious minorities.
Scheduled Castes (SC) and Scheduled Tribes (ST) and Other Backward Castes (OBC)
Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes are constitutionally recognized terms in India and constitute approximately 25% of the Indian population. Moreover more than 40 percent of India's population belongs to the Other Backward Castes as per the National Sample Survey Office or the NSSO which is a government organization for conducting surveys in India. So the total size of the lower castes in India is estimated to be around 70 percent of the country's population whereas the upper caste make up around 18 percent of the population. It has also been noted that a person of the upper caste generally tends to be fairer in skin whereas the lower caste tend to be darker. These groups have been provided with reservations that constitutionally guarantee them representation in governmental institutions, a mandate suggested by the Mandal Commission. The Indian constitution also provides SC's and ST's with protective measures that ensure equality, which is the main issue faced by members of both communities. However, while scheduled castes have turned into important political communities that the state concerns itself about, scheduled tribes continue to be politically marginalized.
Indonesia
Further information: Bhinneka Tunggal Ika, Demographics of Indonesia, Ethnic groups in Indonesia, and Culture of IndonesiaPluralism, diversity and multiculturalism is a daily fact of life in Indonesia. There are over 1,300 ethnic groups in Indonesia. 95% of those are of Native Indonesian ancestry. The Javanese are the largest ethnic group in Indonesia who make up nearly 42% of the total population. The Sundanese, Malay, and Madurese are the next largest groups in the country. There are also more than 700 living languages spoken in Indonesia and although predominantly Muslim the country also has large Christian and Hindu populations.
Indonesia's national motto, Bhinneka Tunggal Ika ("Unity in Diversity" lit. "many, yet one") enshrined in Pancasila the national ideology, articulates the diversity that shapes the country. The government nurtures and promotes the diversity of Indonesian local culture; adopting a pluralist approach.
Due to migration within Indonesia (as part of government transmigration programs or otherwise), there are significant populations of ethnic groups who reside outside of their traditional regions. The Javanese for example, moved from their traditional homeland in Java to the other parts of the archipelago. The expansion of the Javanese and their influence throughout Indonesia has raised the issue of Javanization, although Minangkabau, Malay, Madurese, Bugis and Makassar people, as a result of their merantau (migrating) culture are also quite widely distributed throughout the Indonesian archipelago, while Chinese Indonesians can be found in most urban areas. Because of urbanization, major Indonesian cities such as Greater Jakarta, Surabaya, Bandung, Palembang, Medan and Makassar have attracted large numbers of Indonesians from various ethnic, cultural and religious backgrounds. Jakarta in particular has almost all Indonesian ethnic groups represented.
However, this transmigration program and close interactions between people of different cultural backgrounds caused socio-cultural problems, as the inter-ethnics interactions have not always been conducted harmoniously. After the fall of Suharto in 1998 into the 2000s, numbers of inter-ethnic and inter-religious clashes erupted in Indonesia. Like the clashes between native Dayak tribes against Madurese transmigrants in Kalimantan during Sambas riots in 1999 and the Sampit conflict in 2001. There were also clashes between Muslims and Christians, such as violence erupted in Poso between 1998 and into 2000, and violences in Maluku between 1999 and into 2002. Nevertheless, Indonesia today still struggles and has managed to maintain unity and inter-cultural harmony, through a national adherence of pro-pluralism policy of Pancasila; promoted and enforced by the government and its people.
Chinese Indonesians are the largest foreign-origin minority that has resided in Indonesia for generations. Despite centuries of acculturation with native Indonesians, because of their disproportionate influence on Indonesian economy, and alleged question of national loyalty, Chinese Indonesians have suffered discrimination. The Suharto Orde Baru or New Order adopted a forced assimilation policy; which indicated that Chinese cultural elements were unacceptable. Chinese Indonesians were forced to adopt Indonesian-sounding names, and the use of Chinese culture and language was banned. The violence targeting Chinese Indonesians erupted during riots in 1998. As the looting and destruction took place, a number of Chinese Indonesians, as well as looters, were killed. The Chinese Indonesians were treated as the scapegoat of 1997 Asian Financial Crisis, a result of ongoing discrimination and segregation policies enforced during Suharto's New Order regime. Soon after the fourth Indonesian President, Abdurrahman Wahid came into power in 1999, he quickly abolished some of the discriminatory laws in efforts to promote acceptance and to improve inter-racial relationships, such as abolishing the ban on Chinese culture; allowing Chinese traditions to be practised freely. Two years later President Megawati Sukarnoputri declared that the Chinese New Year (Imlek) would be marked as a national holiday from 2003. Tense incidents however have included attacks on Chinese temples and Indonesian politician Basuki Tjahaja Purnama being given a two year prison sentence for blasphemy due to comments he made to his supporters in September 2016.
Kazakhstan
See also: 1951 anti-Chechen pogrom in Eastern KazakhstanThere are sizeable populations of ethnic Kazakhs, Russians, Uzbeks, Ukrainians, Uighurs, Tatars, Germans and more in Kazakhstan. Kazakhstan was one of a few countries in post-Soviet territories that avoided interethnic clashes and conflicts in the period of USSR's final crisis and its eventual breakup. In 1995, Kazakhstan created the Assembly of People of Kazakhstan, an advisory body designed to represent the country's ethnic minorities. However, recent ethnic clashes and discrimination have been reported for groups such as Christians, ultraconservative Muslims, ethnic Dungans, Chechens, Tajiks, and LGBT people.
Malaysia
Main articles: Ketuanan Melayu, Bumiputera (Malaysia), and Demographics of MalaysiaMalaysia is a multiethnic country, with Malays making up the majority, close to 58% of the population. About 25% of the population are Malaysians of Chinese descent. Malaysians of Indian descent comprise about 7% of the population. The remaining 10% comprises:
- Native East Malaysians, namely Bajau, Bruneian, Bidayuh, Dusun, Iban, Kadazan, Kedayan, Melanau, Orang Ulu, Sarawakian Malays, etc.
- Other native tribes of Peninsular Malaysia, such as the Orang Asli and Siamese people, and
- Non-native tribes of Peninsular Malaysia such as the Chettiars, the Peranakan and the Portuguese.
The Malaysian New Economic Policy or NEP serves as a form of "racial equalization" in the view of the Malay-controlled government. It promotes structural changes in various aspects of life from education to economic to social integration. Established after the 13 May racial riots of 1969, it sought to address the "significant imbalance" in the economic sphere where the minority especially the Chinese population had substantial control over commercial activity in the country. Critics of this policy has called it synonymous to racial discrimination and synonymous to Apartheid.
The Malay Peninsula has a long history of international trade contacts, influencing its ethnic and religious composition. Predominantly Malays before the 18th century, the ethnic composition changed dramatically when the British introduced new industries, and imported Chinese and Indian labor. Several regions in the then British Malaya such as Penang, Malacca and Singapore became Chinese dominated. Until the riots 1969, co-existence between the three ethnicities (and other minor groups) was largely peaceful, although the three main racial groups for the most part lived in separate communities – the Malays in the villages, the Chinese in the urban areas, and the Indians in the towns and plantation. More Malays however have moved into the cities since the 1970s, and the proportion of the non-Malays have been decreasing continually, especially the Chinese, due in large part to lower birth-rate and emigration as a result of institutionalized discrimination.
Preceding independence of the Federation of Malaya, a social contract was negotiated as the basis of a new society. The contract as reflected in the 1957 Malayan Constitution and the 1963 Malaysian Constitution states that the immigrant groups are granted citizenship, and Malays' special rights are guaranteed. This is often referred to the Bumiputra policy.
These pluralist policies have come under pressure from racialist Malay parties, who oppose perceived subversion of Malay rights. The issue is sometimes related to the controversial status of religious freedom in Malaysia.
Singapore
Main article: Immigration to SingaporeDue to historical immigration trends, Singapore has a Chinese majority population with significant minority populations of Malays and Indians (predominantly Tamils). Other prominent smaller groups include Peranakans, Arabs, Armenians, Eurasians, Europeans, Americans, and Canadians. Besides English, Singapore recognizes three other languages—Malay, Mandarin Chinese and Tamil. English was established as the medium of instruction in schools during the 1960s and 1970s and is the language of trade and government while the other three languages are taught as second languages ("mother tongues"). Besides being a multilingual country, Singapore also acknowledges festivals celebrated by the three main ethnic communities.
Under the Raffles Plan of Singapore, the city was divided into ethnic enclaves such as Geylang, Chinatown, and Little India. Housing in Singapore is governed by the Ethnic Integration Policy, which ensures an even ethnic distribution throughout Singapore. A similar policy exists in politics as all Group Representation Constituencies are required to field at least one candidate from an ethnic minority.
Today, such ethnic enclaves has mostly been eliminated, due to the contemporary Singapore's government policy to encourage further ethnic integration between the different races of Singapore. A prominent example is its public housing system. Unlike other countries, public housing is not ostracised by a wide majority of the population and its government, and acts as a necessary and vital measure to provide immaculate and safe housing surrounded by public amenities at affordable prices, especially during its rapid development and industrialisation in the early years of independence. It is also meant to foster social cohesion between the social classes and races of Singapore, and prevent neglected areas or districts and ethnic enclaves from developing – known as the Ethnic Integration Policy (EIP). As such, it is considered a unique part of Singaporean culture, being commonly associated with the country.
South Korea
Main article: Immigration to South KoreaSouth Korea remains a relatively homogenous country ethnically, linguistically, and culturally. Foreigners, expatriates, and immigrants are often rejected by the mainstream South Korean society and face discrimination. This can be seen as a result of World War II where the first noteworthy wave of multiculturalism between American servicemen and Korean women occurred. South Korea has been long regarded as an ethnic homogeneous country, therefore, the rise in mixed-race children was seen as a new phenomenon. Before the 1990s, the term honhyeol was commonly used to identify multiracial individuals in Korea – primarily in relation to the children of Korean women and American servicemen; this common term strengthened the association of multiracial people with a sense of alienation, rather than promoting cultural diversity within Korea. Not only did this term effectively discriminate against mixed-race Koreans but it also made a clear distinction between native Koreans and mixed-race Koreans.
Han Geon-Soo 2007 notes the increased use of the word "multiculturalism" in South Korea: "As the increase of foreign migrants in Korea transforms a single-ethnic homogeneous Korean society into multiethnic and multicultural one, Korean government and the civil society pay close attention to multiculturalism as an alternative value to their policy and social movement." He argued, however, that "the current discourses and concerns on multiculturalism in Korea" lacked "the constructive and analytical concepts for transforming a society".
The same year, Stephen Castles of the International Migration Institute argued:
- "Korea no longer has to decide whether it wants to become a multicultural society. It made that decision years ago – perhaps unconsciously – when it decided to be a full participant in the emerging global economy. It confirmed that decision when it decided to actively recruit foreign migrants to meet the economic and demographic needs of a fast-growing society. Korea is faced by a different decision today: what type of multicultural society does it want to be?"
The Korea Times suggested in 2009 that South Korea was likely to become a multicultural society. In 2010, an opinion editorial written by Peter Underwood for the JoongAng Ilbo stated: "Media in Korea is abuzz with the new era of multiculturalism. With more than one million foreigners in Korea, 2 percent of the population comes from other cultures." He further opined:
- "If you stay too long, Koreans become uncomfortable with you. Having a two percent foreign population unquestionably causes ripples, but having one million temporary foreign residents does not make Korea a multicultural society. In many ways, this homogeneity is one of Korea's greatest strengths. Shared values create harmony. Sacrifice for the nation is a given. Difficult and painful political and economic initiatives are endured without discussion or debate. It is easy to anticipate the needs and behavior of others. It is the cornerstone that has helped Korea survive adversity. But there is a downside, too. Koreans are immersed in their culture and are thus blind to its characteristics and quirks. Examples of group think are everywhere. Because Koreans share values and views, they support decisions even when they are obviously bad. Multiculturalism will introduce contrasting views and challenge existing assumptions. While it will undermine the homogeneity, it will enrich Koreans with a better understanding of themselves."
In 2010, results from the Korean Identity Survey suggested that government programs promoting multiculturalism had seen some success with over 60% of Koreans supporting the idea a multicultural society. However, the same poll in 2015 showed that support of a multicultural society had dropped to 49.7% suggesting a possible return to ethnic exclusivism.
Turkey
Main article: Immigration to TurkeyTurkey is a country that borders both Europe and Asia and is above Africa. It is home to several ethnic groups including Turkish, Arab, Armenian, Assyrian, Greek, Kurdish, and Jewish. There are cultural influences dating back to ancient Hellenic, Semitic and Iranian civilizations which diffused and mingled in myriad ways over a period of centuries.
In recent years there has been an increase of diversity acceptance in Turkey, mainly because there was fear of losing values of the Ottoman past.
Africa
Cameroon
Officially known as the Republic of Cameroon, Cameroon is found in central Africa consisting of a diverse geographical and cultural area that makes it one of the most diverse countries known today. Ranging from mountains, deserts, and rainforests, to coast-lands and savanna grasslands, its diverse geography makes a large diverse population possible. This diverse geography resembles Africa as a whole and due to this, many people commonly label Cameroon as "Africa in Miniature".
Demographics and official languages
Before Cameroon's independence, it was under British and French colonial rule from 1916–1961. Upon gaining sovereignty, a major colonial influence was evident, having both English and French become the national language to roughly 25,000,000 Cameroonian residents. Apart from these two major languages, a new language consisting of a mixture of French, English, and Pidgin known as Frananglais gained popularity among Cameroonian residents.
Indigenous languages
Although these three languages are the most common in Cameroon, there are still approximately 273 indigenous languages being spoken throughout the country, making it not only culturally diverse but linguistically as well. Among those who speak these indigenous languages are people from Bantu, Sudanic, Baka, Wodaabe (or Mbororo) and even primitive hunter-gatherer groups known as Pygmies.
Indigenous peoples' rights
Although native to Cameroonian land, they faced constant discrimination much like other indigenous groups around the world. The United Nations General Assembly (UNGA) adopted the United Nations' Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples (UNDRIP) in 2007. What this allowed was the protection of land and resource rights and prevented others from exploiting or violating them. In 2016, a group of indigenous Baka and Bagyeli groups united to form Gbabandi. Gbabandi allowed these indigenous groups to have a form of representation and a declared list of requirements that people of Cameroon had to abide by. Among these requirements were guaranteed land rights, peoples' consent to the usage of their sacred land, traditional chiefs and the ability to participate in "local, regional, and national levels" of political and economic matters. As a result, this established a sense of justice and acknowledgment among indigenous groups in Cameroon and posed for future battles for indigenous peoples' rights.
Mauritius
Multiculturalism has been a characteristic feature of the island of Mauritius. This is mainly because of colonization that has been present from, the English, the French, and the Dutch. However, the Mauritian society includes people from many different ethnic and religious groups: Hindu, Muslim and Indo-Mauritians, Mauritian Creoles (of African and Malagasy descent), Buddhist and Roman Catholic Sino-Mauritians and Franco-Mauritians (descendants of the original French colonists). Mauritius has embraced intertwining of cultures from the origin of the country, and has coined the term fruit-salad, which is a much more appealing term in comparison to melting-pot showing that they were not forced to these cultures.
South Africa
Main article: Immigration to South AfricaSouth Africa is the fifth-most populous country and one of the most developed countries in Africa. South Africa also officially recognises 11 languages including English, making it third behind Bolivia and India in most official languages. The three most common languages are Zulu, Xhosa, and Afrikaans. Though South Africa's cultural traditions may decline as it becomes more and more Westernised due to its development, it is still known for its diverse culture.
Oceania
Australia
Main article: Multiculturalism in AustraliaThe next country to adopt an official policy of multiculturalism after Canada was Australia, a country with similar immigration situations and similar policies, for example the formation of the Special Broadcasting Service. The Australian Government retains multiculturalism in policy and as a defining aspect of Australia today.
The White Australia Policy was dismantled after World War II by various changes to immigration policy, although the official policy of multiculturalism was not formally introduced until 1972. The election of John Howard's Liberal-National Coalition government in 1996 was a major watershed for Australian multiculturalism. Howard had long been a critic of multiculturalism, releasing his One Australia policy in the late 1980s. A Practical Reference to Religious Diversity for Operational Police and Emergency Services, first published in 1999, was a publication of the Australasian Police Multicultural Advisory Bureau designed to offer guidance to police and emergency services personnel on how religious affiliation can affect their contact with the public. The first edition covered Buddhist, Hindu, Islamic, Jewish and Sikh faiths, with participation of representatives of the various religions. The second edition, published in 2002, added Christian, Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander religions and the Baháʼí Faith to the list of religions.
Contact between people of different cultures in Australia has been characterised by tolerance and engagement, but have also occasionally resulted in conflict and rifts. Australia's diverse migrant communities have brought with them food, lifestyle and cultural practices, many of which have been absorbed into mainstream Australian culture.
Members of a multicultural community who are not of Anglo-Australian background or not "assimilated" are often referred to in policy discourse as culturally and linguistically diverse (CALD), introduced in 1996 to replace non-English speaking background (NESB).
New Zealand
New Zealand is a sovereign Oceanic country that adopted its multicultural policies post World War II. The country used to have immigration policies similar to Australia's White Australia Policy and the United States Immigration Act of 1924, but it would later follow suit with Australia and Canada in the 1970s and adopt similar multicultural policies. The relaxation of migration led to an influx of new migration to New Zealand in the 1980s. This led to an increase of Asian and Pacific islander peoples on the island, and ultimately a more diverse European population. In 1985, the Law Commission Act was passed which required the New Zealand Law Commission to review laws while taking into account both the indigenous Māori of New Zealand and New Zealand's multicultural character. In 1987, New Zealand officially recognized the indigenous Māori language as a national language. The revitalization in the Māori language led to its immersion in schools and television broadcast.
In 2001, the New Zealand government opened an Office of Ethnic Affairs to advise its local governments on the advancement of ethnic diversity and affairs of its multicultural communities. Many landmarks on the island have both their Māori and English names officially recognized. Māori makes up 3.7% of the population's speaking language. A 2013 census of New Zealand's population showed that 74% of the population identifies ethnically as European, while the latter 15% majority identify as Māori. The remainder identify as Asian, Arab, African, Pacific Islander and Latin American.
Papua New Guinea
Papua New Guinea is one of the most multicultural countries in the world. This Oceanian country is home to over eight million people that are divided into hundreds of different indigenous ethnic groups and cultures with over 820 different indigenous languages. A majority of the indigenous groups are Papuans who have ancestors that lived in New Guinea over ten thousand years ago. The latter majority are Austronesians whose ancestors arrived less than four thousand years ago. The island's population is also made up of many expatriate citizens from China, Australia, Indonesia, Europe and the Philippines. In 1975, the island population was found to be made up of 40,000 of these diverse expatriate citizens. Despite the large amount of culturally diverse locations on the island, the Kuk Early Agricultural Site is the only UNESCO World heritage location.
See also
- Cosmopolitanism
- Cross-cultural
- Cross-cultural communication
- Cultural assimilation
- Cultural competence
- Cultural conflict
- Cultural homogenization
- Diversity (politics)
- Ethnic penalty
- Ethnocentrism
- Ethnocultural empathy
- Ethnopluralism
- Europeanism
- Global Centre for Pluralism (Canada)
- Hybridity
- Immigration and crime
- Interculturalism
- Intercultural competence
- Intercultural relations
- Leitkultur
- List of countries ranked by ethnic and cultural diversity level
- Miscegenation
- Multiculturalism without Culture (book)
- Sociology of race and ethnic relations
- Multicultural art
- Multicultural education
- Multikulti
- Multinational state
- National personal autonomy
- Parallel society
- Paradox of intolerance
- Pluriculturalism
- Plurinationalism
- Polyculturalism
- Polyethnicity
- Rainbow Nation
- Racial integration
- Syncretism
- The Society for the Study of the Multi-Ethnic Literature of the United States
- Transculturation
- Unrooted Childhoods (book)
- Unity in diversity
- Xenocentrism
References
- Reynolds, Cecil R.; Fletcher-Janzen, Elaine, eds. (2008). "Pluralism, Cultural". Encyclopedia of Special Education. Wiley. pp. 1591–1592. doi:10.1002/9780470373699.speced1627. ISBN 978-0-470-37369-9.
- Gasimova, Narmina (15 December 2022). "Multiculturalism as the main philosophical concept in the social development of modern society" (PDF). Metafizika (in Azerbaijani). 5 (4): 77–87. eISSN 2617-751X. ISSN 2616-6879. OCLC 1117709579. Archived from the original (PDF) on 10 November 2022. Retrieved 14 October 2022.
- Thomas L. Harper (13 January 2011). Dialogues in urban and regional planning. Taylor & Francis. p. 50. ISBN 978-0-415-59334-2.
- Burgess, Ann Carroll; Burgess, Tom (2005). Guide to Western Canada (7th ed.). Globe Pequot Press. p. 31. ISBN 978-0-7627-2987-6. Retrieved 16 January 2011.
- Condra, Jill (9 April 2013). Encyclopedia of National Dress: Traditional Clothing around the World [2 volumes]. ABC-CLIO. p. 111. ISBN 9780313376375.
- Menek, İbrahim Halil (26 May 2020). "A HISTORICAL EXAMPLE OF MULTICULTURALISM: ACHAEMENID EMPIRE MULTICULTURALISM". Gaziantep Üniversitesi İktisadi ve İdari Bilimler Fakültesi Dergisi. 2 (1): 118–138. ISSN 2651-267X.
- Georges Castellan, A History of the Romanians, Boulder: East European Monographs, 1989, p. 109. ISBN 0880331542
- Doris Griesser "Denkanstöße aus der Multikulti-Monarchie" in: Standard, 3 July 2012; Pieter M. Judson "The Habsburg Empire. A New History" (Harvard 2016); Christopher Clark "The Sleepwalkers" (New York 2012).
- Patricia Engelhorn "Wie Wien mit Meersicht: Ein Tag in der Hafenstadt Triest" In: NZZ 15 February 2020.
- Multiculturalism – Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy
- Geneviève Zarate; Danielle Levy; Claire Kramsch (19 April 2011). Handbook of Multilingualism and Multiculturalism. Archives contemporaines. p. 377. ISBN 978-2-8130-0039-2.
- "Policy Paper no. 4 – Multiculturalism: New Policy Responses to Diversity". Unesco.org. Retrieved 10 December 2010.
- "Multiculturalism in Canada". Pch.gc.ca. 9 April 2009. Archived from the original on 10 June 2011. Retrieved 10 December 2010.
- "Immigration and Multiculturalism". .gu.edu.au. Archived from the original on 19 February 2011. Retrieved 10 December 2010.
- "Multiculturalism and the Dynamics of Modern Civilizations" (PDF). Archived from the original (PDF) on 2 June 2010. Retrieved 10 December 2010.
- Wayland, Shara (1997). "Immigration, Multiculturalism and National Identity in Canada". International Journal of Group Rights. 5 (1): 33–58. doi:10.1163/15718119720907408.
- "Ujjal Dosanjh: By silencing white men, Canada can't have an honest debate about equality, race and culture". National Post. 4 January 2016. Retrieved 16 January 2017.
- Ronald L. Jackson, II (29 June 2010). Encyclopedia of Identity. SAGE. p. 480. ISBN 978-1-4129-5153-1.
- ^ "About Australia: Our Country". australia.gov.au. Archived from the original on 27 February 2012. Retrieved 25 October 2013.
- ^ "About Australia: People, culture and lifestyle". Dfat.gov.au. Archived from the original on 12 May 2012. Retrieved 25 October 2013.
- ^ "The Hon. Tony Abbott MP Press Release - A Team to Build a Stronger Australia". Liberal Party of Australia. liberal.org.au. 16 September 2013. Archived from the original on 6 November 2013.
- ^ "The People of Australia – Australia's Multicultural Policy" (PDF). Department of Immigration and Citizenship. Archived from the original (PDF) on 12 February 2014. Retrieved 14 November 2013.
- Bissoondath, Neil. 2002. Selling Illusions: The Myth of Multiculturalism. Toronto: Penguin. ISBN 978-0-14-100676-5.
- Fact or fiction in the great UK immigration debate. workpermit.com. News. 26 April 2005. Retrieved: 21 October 2007.
- Lawrence A. Peskin; Edmund F. Wehrle (17 November 2011). America and the World: Culture, Commerce, Conflict. JHU Press. pp. 262–. ISBN 978-1-4214-0296-3. Retrieved 31 January 2012.
- Heneghan, Tom (11 February 2011). "Sarkozy joins allies burying multiculturalism". Reuters. Retrieved 2 November 2019.
- The Economist: The changing of the guard, 3 April 2003.
- Kiniry, Laura. "Moon Handbooks New Jersey", Avalon Travel Publishing, 2006. pg. 34 ISBN 1-56691-949-5
- Laryssa Wirstiuk (21 April 2014). "Neighborhood Spotlight: Journal Square". Jersey City Independent. Archived from the original on 30 June 2018. Retrieved 26 December 2014.
- "Supplemental Table 2. Persons Obtaining Lawful Permanent Resident Status by Leading Core Based Statistical Areas (CBSAs) of Residence and Region and Country of Birth: Fiscal Year 2014". U.S. Department of Homeland Security. Retrieved 1 June 2016.
- "Yearbook of Immigration Statistics: 2013 Supplemental Table 2". U.S. Department of Homeland Security. Retrieved 2 July 2017.
- Lerman, Antony (22 March 2010). "Guardian.co.uk". The Guardian. London. Retrieved 10 December 2010.
- Susanne Wessendorf, The multiculturalism backlash: European discourses, policies and practices, p. 35; accessed through Google Books, 12 February 2011.
- Paul C. Gorski, "A Brief History of Multicultural Education", EdChange.org, November 1999; accessed 12 February 2011.
- Kymlicka, Will (1996). "Justice and Minority Rights". Multicultural Citizenship. Oxford University Press. pp. 107–130. doi:10.1093/0198290918.003.0006. ISBN 9780198290919.
- ^ C. James Trotman (2002). Multiculturalism: roots and realities. Indiana University Press. pp. 9–10. ISBN 978-0-253-34002-3. Retrieved 29 January 2012.
- Tariq Modood (2007). Multiculturalism: a civic idea. Polity. p. 14. ISBN 978-0-7456-3288-9.
- Parekh, Bhikhu C. (2002). Rethinking multiculturalism: cultural diversity and political theory. Harvard UP. p. 13. ISBN 978-0-674-00995-0.
- Gunew, Sneja (2004). Haunted Nations: The colonial dimensions of multiculturalisms. 11 New Fetter Lane, London EC4P 4EE: Routledge. p. 80. ISBN 978-0-415-28483-7.
{{cite book}}
: CS1 maint: location (link) - Fearon, James D.; Laitin, David D. (February 2003). "Ethnicity, Insurgency, and Civil War". American Political Science Review. 97 (1): 75–90. CiteSeerX 10.1.1.453.3913. doi:10.1017/S0003055403000534 (inactive 1 November 2024). S2CID 8303905.
{{cite journal}}
: CS1 maint: DOI inactive as of November 2024 (link) - Wimmer, Andreas; Cederman, Lars-Erik; Min, Brian (April 2009). "Ethnic Politics and Armed Conflict: A Configurational Analysis of a New Global Data Set". American Sociological Review. 74 (2): 316–337. CiteSeerX 10.1.1.518.4825. doi:10.1177/000312240907400208. S2CID 9751858.
- Baldwin, Kate; Huber, John D. (November 2010). "Economic versus Cultural Differences: Forms of Ethnic Diversity and Public Goods Provision". American Political Science Review. 104 (4): 644–662. doi:10.1017/S0003055410000419. S2CID 6811597.
- Wimmer, Andreas (September 2016). "Is Diversity Detrimental? Ethnic Fractionalization, Public Goods Provision, and the Historical Legacies of Stateness". Comparative Political Studies. 49 (11): 1407–1445. doi:10.1177/0010414015592645. S2CID 7998506.
- Gerring, John; Hoffman, Michael; Zarecki, Dominic (April 2018). "The Diverse Effects of Diversity on Democracy". British Journal of Political Science. 48 (2): 283–314. doi:10.1017/S000712341600003X. S2CID 18860350.
- Kislev, Elyakim (May 2016). "The effect of education policies on higher-education attainment of immigrants in Western Europe: A cross-classified multilevel analysis". Journal of European Social Policy. 26 (2): 183–199. doi:10.1177/0958928716637142. S2CID 156140332.
- Kustov, Alexander; Pardelli, Giuliana (November 2018). "Ethnoracial Homogeneity and Public Outcomes: The (Non)effects of Diversity". American Political Science Review. 112 (4): 1096–1103. doi:10.1017/S0003055418000308. S2CID 149495272.
- Abascal, Maria; Baldassarri, Delia (November 2015). "Love Thy Neighbor? Ethnoracial Diversity and Trust Reexamined". American Journal of Sociology. 121 (3): 722–782. doi:10.1086/683144. PMID 26900618. S2CID 20479598.
- de Haas, Hein (2023). "Myth 4: Our societies are more diverse than ever". How Migration Really Works: A Factful Guide to the Most Divisive Issue in Politics. Random House.
- Nagle, John (23 September 2009). Multiculturalism's double bind: creating inclusivity, cosmopolitanism and difference. Ashgate Publishing, Ltd. p. 129. ISBN 978-0-7546-7607-2.
- Rajaee, Farhang (May 2000). Globalization on trial: the human condition and the information civilization. IDRC. p. 97. ISBN 9780889369092.
- Sandercock, Leonie; Attili, Giovanni; Cavers, Val; Carr, Paula (1 May 2009). Where strangers become neighbours: integrating immigrants in Vancouver, Canada. Springer. p. 16. ISBN 978-1-4020-9034-9.
- "Report attacks multiculturalism". BBC News. 30 September 2005. Retrieved 10 December 2010.
- Song, Sarah (2007). Justice, Gender, and the Politics of Multiculturalism. Cambridge University Press. ISBN 978-0-511-49035-4.
- Brian Barry, Culture and Equality (Polity Press, 2001), p. 148.
- "Is Multiculturalism Bad For Women?". Boston Review. 1 October 1997.
- ^ Putnam, Robert D. (June 2007). "E Pluribus Unum: Diversity and community in the twenty-first century". Scandinavian Political Studies. 30 (2): 137–74. doi:10.1111/j.1467-9477.2007.00176.x. S2CID 14234366.
- Sailer, Steve (15 January 2007). "Fragmented future". The American Conservative. Jon Basil Utley. Archived from the original on 4 June 2011. Retrieved 19 November 2009.
- Martin, Michel, "Political Scientist: Does Diversity Really Work?" Tell Me More, NPR. Written 15 August 2007, accessed 15 September 2017.
- Berlett, Tom (15 August 2012). "Harvard Sociologist Says His Research Was 'Twisted'". The Chronicle of Higher Education. Archived from the original on 1 January 2020. Retrieved 28 January 2020.
- Salter, Frank, On Genetic Interests, p. 146.
- Lamm, Richard D. (2005). "I have a plan to destroy America". Snopes.com. Retrieved 12 January 2011.
- Hanson, Victor Davis Carnage and Culture: Landmark Battles in the Rise to Western Power, New York: Random House, 2001. p. 205
- Johnson, Jay T. (January 2008). "Indigeneity's Challenges to the White Settler-State: Creating a Thirdspace for Dynamic Citizenship". Alternatives: Global, Local, Political. 33 (1): 29–52. doi:10.1177/030437540803300103. S2CID 145192448.
- Ulver, Sofia; Laurell, Christofer (October 2020). "Political Ideology in Consumer Resistance: Analyzing Far-Right Opposition to Multicultural Marketing". Journal of Public Policy & Marketing. 39 (4): 477–493. doi:10.1177/0743915620947083.
- "CIA – The World Factbook – Argentina". Cia.gov. Retrieved 16 January 2011.
- Karen Faulk (2012). In the Wake of Neoliberalism: Citizenship and Human Rights in Argentina. Stanford University Press. p. 99. ISBN 978-0-8047-8391-0.
- "Argentine Culture Rich and Diverse". Argentina.ar. Archived from the original on 31 May 2011. Retrieved 10 December 2010.
- Ley No. 5598 de la Provincia de Corrientes, 22 October 2004 (in Spanish)
- La educación intercultural bilingüe en Santiago del Estero, ¿mito o realidad? [La cámara de diputados de la provincia sanciona con fuerza de ley.] (in Spanish). Cámara de Diputados de la Nación. p. 1. Archived from the original on 7 August 2020. Retrieved 21 May 2022.
Declárase de interés oficial la preservación, difusión, estímulo, estudio y práctica de la lengua Quíchua en todo el territorio de la provincia
- Ley No. 6604 de la Provincia de Chaco, 28 July 2010, B.O., (9092)
- "Mapa de pueblos originarios". 10 November 2020.
- "Los Pueblos Originarios en Argentina, hoy".
- ^ "Bolivia". iwgia.org. Retrieved 14 July 2018.
- ^ "The World Factbook – Central Intelligence Agency". cia.gov. Retrieved 14 July 2018.
- Canessa, Andrew (2016). "Paradoxes of Multiculturalism in Bolivia". The Crisis of Multiculturalism in Latin America. New York: Palgrave Macmillan US. pp. 75–100. doi:10.1057/978-1-137-50958-1_3. ISBN 978-1-137-50957-4.
- "Justia Bolivia :: Nueva Constitución Política Del Estado > PRIMERA PARTE > TÍTULO I > CAPÍTULO PRIMERO :: Ley de Bolivia". bolivia.justia.com (in Spanish). Retrieved 14 July 2018.
- "A revealing map of the world's most and least ethnically diverse countries". The Washington Post. Retrieved 27 July 2018.
- "The most (and least) culturally diverse countries in the world". Pew Research Center. 18 July 2013. Retrieved 27 July 2018.
- Neira, Marcos GARCIA (2017). "Possíveis relações entre multiculturalismo e teorias curriculares da Educação Física" [Possible relations between multiculturalism and curricular theories of Physical Education]. Utopía y Praxis Latinoamericana (in Portuguese). 22 (79): 41–55.
- Wade, Peter (2013). "Blackness, Indigeneity, Multiculturalism and Genomics in Brazil, Colombia and Mexico". Journal of Latin American Studies. 45 (2): 205–233. doi:10.1017/S0022216X13000011.
- Anne-Marie Mooney Cotter (28 February 2011). Culture clash: an international legal perspective on ethnic discrimination. Ashgate Publishing, Ltd. p. 176. ISBN 978-1-4094-1936-5.
- Pierre Elliott Trudeau, as cited in The Essential Trudeau, ed. Ron Graham. (pp. 16–20). "The Just Society" (PDF). Government of Manitoba. Retrieved 6 December 2015.
{{cite web}}
: CS1 maint: multiple names: authors list (link) CS1 maint: numeric names: authors list (link) - ^ Sonia Sikka (2014). Multiculturalism and Religious Identity. McGill-Queen's Press. p. 237. ISBN 978-0-7735-9220-9.
- Duncan, James S; Ley, David (1983). Place/culture/representation. Routledge. pp. 205–06. ISBN 978-0-415-09451-1. Retrieved 12 September 2010.
- Li, Peter S. (24 February 2003). "Cultural Diversity in Canada: The Social Construction of Racial Difference". Department of Justice, Research and Statistics Division. Ottawa.
- "Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms (Being Part I of the Constitution Act, 1982)". Electronic Frontier Canada. 2008. Archived from the original on 12 December 2018. Retrieved 12 September 2010.
- "Canadian Multiculturalism Act (1985, c. 24 (4th Supp.)". Department of Justice Canada. 14 November 2010. Archived from the original on 18 February 2011. Retrieved 12 September 2010.
- Linda A. White; Richard Simeon (2009). The Comparative Turn in Canadian Political Science. UBC Press. p. 102. ISBN 978-0-7748-1428-7.
- Stephen J Tierney (2011). Multiculturalism and the Canadian Constitution. UBC Press. p. 66. ISBN 978-0-7748-4007-1.
- Raboy, Marc; Jeremy Shtern; William J. McIveret (2010). Media Divides: Communication Rights and the Right to Communicate in Canada. Vancouver: University of British Columbia Press. p. 104. ISBN 978-0-7748-1775-2.
- Mahtani, Minelle (2001). "Representing Minorities: Canadian media and minority identities". Canadian Ethnic Studies. 33 (3).
- "A literature review of Public Opinion Research on Canadian attitudes towards multiculturalism and immigration, 2006–2009". Government of Canada. 2011. Retrieved 18 December 2015.
- Theodore Caplow (2001). Leviathan Transformed: Seven National States in the New Century. McGill-Queen's Press. p. 146. ISBN 978-0-7735-2304-3.
- ^ Stackhouse, John; Martin, Patrick (2 February 2002). "Canada: 'A model for the world'". The Globe and Mail. p. F3. Retrieved 12 September 2010.
- ^ "The last liberals Why Canada is still at ease with openness". The Economist. 29 October 2016. Retrieved 10 November 2016.
- Immigration, Refugees and Citizenship Canada (10 June 2012). "Evaluation of the Multiculturalism Program". aem. Retrieved 19 March 2019.
- Tweedie, Gregory; Dressler, Anja; Schmidt, Cora-Leah (12 November 2018). "Supporting Reconnecting Immigrant Families with English Language Learners in Rural Schools: An Exploratory Study of Filipino Arrivals to Alberta". Retrieved 17 November 2018.
- Page, Index (20 May 2011). "Ethnic diversity in Mexico : Mexico Travel". Mexconnect.com. Retrieved 1 July 2013.
- "Microsoft Word – Mexico City PR rev[1]-1.doc" (PDF). Retrieved 1 July 2013.
- "El impacto del mestizaje en México". Investigación y Ciencia (in Spanish). Retrieved 25 July 2018.
- "Informativo oportuno (Spanish text)" (PDF). May 2011. Archived from the original (PDF) on 27 April 2013. Retrieved 13 November 2023.
- "Peru population. Demographic data, ethnic groups population and demographics from Peru – CountryReports". countryreports.org. Retrieved 26 July 2018.
- Jeffrey Lehman, ed. Gale Encyclopedia of Multicultural America (3rd edition; 6 vol. 2014) Online
- Ann Katherine Isaacs (2007). Immigration and emigration in historical perspective. Edizioni Plus. p. 38. ISBN 978-88-8492-498-8.
- Zangwill, Israel. The Melting Pot, 1908.
- Marcelo M. Suárez-Orozco; Carola Suárez-Orozco (2005). The new immigration: an interdisciplinary reader. Routledge. p. 39. ISBN 978-0-415-94916-3.
- John Jay, First American Supreme Court Chief Justice, Federalist Paper No. 2
- Peter Caputi; Heather Foster; Linda L. Viney (11 December 2006). Personal construct psychology: new ideas. John Wiley & Sons. p. 18. ISBN 978-0-470-01943-6.
- Boening, Astrid B. (May 2007). "Euro-Islam – A Constructivist Idea or a Concept of the English School?" (PDF). European Union Miami Analysis (EUMA). Vol. 4, no. 12. Miami-Florida European Union Center of Excellence. pp. 3–10. Retrieved 30 September 2009.
- Terese M. Volk (14 October 2004). Music, Education, and Multiculturalism: Foundations and Principles. Oxford University Press. p. 160. ISBN 978-0-19-517975-0.
- Jesse Kirkpatrick. (2011). Miami Beach: Diversity at Work. Miami Beach News. Retrieved from communitynewspapers.com
- Jayson, Sharon (7 February 2006). "'Colorblind' Generation Doesn't Blink at Interracial Relationships". USA Today.
- Historians speak out against proposed Texas textbook changes Michael Birnbaum, 18 March 2010.
- The Culture Wars' New Front: U.S. History Classes in Texas, Stephanie Simon, 14 July 2009.
- Texas Conservatives Win Curriculum Change, James C. McKinley Jr., 12 March 2010.
- Hewitt, Christopher (March 2000). "Patterns of American terrorism 1955–1998: An historical perspective on terrorism-related fatalities". Terrorism and Political Violence. 12 (1): 1–14. doi:10.1080/09546550008427546. ISSN 0954-6553. S2CID 146734761.
- Jones, Seth G.; Doxsee, Catrina; Harrington, Nicholas (17 June 2020). "The Escalating Terrorism Problem in the United States". Center for Strategic & International Studies. Retrieved 29 April 2023.
- Pasley, James. "Trump frequently accuses the far-left of inciting violence, yet right-wing extremists have killed 329 victims in the last 25 years, while antifa members haven't killed any, according to a new study". Business Insider. Retrieved 23 August 2023.
- "Oklahoma City Bombing". Federal Bureau of Investigation. Retrieved 23 August 2023.
- "The downside of diversity". The Boston Globe. Retrieved 31 December 2018.
- Berlett, Tom (15 August 2012). "Harvard Sociologist Says His Research Was 'Twisted'". The Chronicle of Higher Education.
- "Venezuela Population (2018) – Worldometers". worldometers.info. Retrieved 27 July 2018.
- "Venezuela". nationsencyclopedia.com. Retrieved 27 July 2018.
- ^ "Venezuela sociedad multietnica y pluricultural". slideshare.net. 18 October 2012. Retrieved 27 July 2018.
- "Los idiomas de Venezuela". Studycountry (in European Spanish). Retrieved 27 July 2018.
- ^ Robert C. Ostergren; Mathias Le Bossé (7 March 2011). The Europeans: A Geography of People, Culture, and Environment. Guilford Press. p. 226. ISBN 978-1-59385-384-6.
- Conversi, Daniele (2007). "Homogenisation, nationalism and war: Should we still read Ernest Gellner?". Nations and Nationalism. 13 (3): 371–394. doi:10.1111/j.1469-8129.2007.00292.x.
- ^ Guntram Henrik Herb; David H. Kaplan (22 May 2008). Nations and Nationalism. ABC-CLIO. p. 522. ISBN 978-1-85109-907-8.
- "Official Web site". Entoen.nu. Retrieved 10 December 2010.
- BBC report at News.BBC.co.uk, full list of questions in German at TAZ.de
- Jeffrey G. Reitz; Raymond Breton; Karen Kisiel Dion; Kenneth L. Dion (2009). Multiculturalism and Social Cohesion: Potentials and Challenges of Diversity. Springer Science & Business Media. pp. 17–20. ISBN 978-1-4020-9958-8.
- Christoph Beat Graber; Mira Burri Nenova (30 November 2008). Intellectual property and traditional cultural expressions in a digital environment. Edward Elgar Publishing. pp. 87–88. ISBN 978-1-84720-921-4.
- "Panoramio.com". panoramio.com. 1 January 1970. Archived from the original on 15 July 2013. Retrieved 15 July 2013.
- Alan Horton. "Everything you want to know about the country of Bulgaria". Bulgaria Focus. Archived from the original on 3 January 2012. Retrieved 29 January 2012.
- Detrez, Raymond; Segaert, Barbara, 2008, Europe and the Historical Legacies in the Balkans (Multiple Europes), P.I.E. Peter Lang s.a., ISBN 978-90-5201-374-9, p. 55
- Ban, Ki-moon, The World in the next 20 years Archived 17 May 2013 at the Wayback Machine
- "Vagobond in Bulgaria – Part 2 – Sofia Places of Worship – Vagobond". vagobond.com. 1 February 2014. Archived from the original on 16 October 2017. Retrieved 22 October 2017.
- В.Е. (3 May 2010). "News.bg – Макет на 4 храма – туристически символ на София". News.ibox.bg. Retrieved 29 January 2012.
- "Sofia's new tourist symbol | Radio Bulgaria". Bnr.bg. Archived from the original on 22 June 2012. Retrieved 29 January 2012.
- "София – Мъдрост в действие". Sofiasymbol.bg. Archived from the original on 27 January 2012. Retrieved 29 January 2012.
- Todorov, Tzvetan (2003). The Fragility of Goodness: Why Bulgaria's Jews Survived the Holocaust. Translated by Arthur Denner. Princeton University Press. ISBN 9780691115641. Archived from the original on 9 July 2010. Retrieved 31 December 2011.
- Levi, Primo (2001). Beyond Hitler's Grasp. Adams Media. ISBN 978-1580625418.
- Leadel.Net. "Exclusive video: 'Restoring the crown to former glory'". The Jerusalem Post | Jpost.com. Jpost.com. Retrieved 29 January 2012.
- The Highs and Lows of Ethno-Cultural Diversity: Young People’s Experiences of Chalga Culture in Bulgaria, Apostolov, Apostol, Anthropology of East Europe Review, Vol 26, No 1 (2008), Cambridge University Press
- Ruegg, Francois, 2007, Interculturalism and Discrimination in Romania: Policies, Practices, Identities and Representations, Lit Verlag, ISBN 978-3-8258-8075-0
- Hristova, Svetlana, 2004, Bulgarian Politics of Multiculturalism – uses and abuses, Scientific Research, University Publishing House, South-West University, Blagoevgrad
- The history of Turkish community in Bulgaria, Ibrahim Yalamov
- The Human Rights of Muslims in Bulgaria in Law and Politics since 1878, Bulgarian Helsinki Committee, 2003
- "Bulgarian MPs Officially Condemn 'Revival Process'". Pomak.eu. Archived from the original on 16 May 2013. Retrieved 1 July 2013.
- The Bulgarian state and Bulgarian Turks (to the mid-1930s until the early-1990s), Bulgarian Archive State Agency
- "ЦИК : Резултати". Rezultati.cik2009.bg. 1 January 1970. Archived from the original on 25 February 2012. Retrieved 1 April 2012.
- "The Political Representation of the Roma Minority in Bulgaria: (1990–2005)". POLITEIA – Participation for Citizenship and Democracy in Europe. 2005. Archived from the original on 20 April 2012. Retrieved 1 April 2012.
- La Diaspora Vietnamienne en France un cas particulier Archived 3 December 2013 at the Wayback Machine (in French)
- "Le film: deux siècles d'histoire de l'immigration en France." http://www.histoire-immigration.fr/histoire-de-l-immigration/le-film Archived 2 January 2017 at the Wayback Machine
- "En 1962, lors de l'Indépendance, ils sont 350 000. En 1975 les émigrants algériens sont 710 000 et constituent le deuxième groupe d'étrangers après les Portugais." "De 1945 à 1975." "De 1945 à 1975 | Cité nationale de l'histoire de l'immigration". Archived from the original on 12 September 2011. Retrieved 22 February 2012.
- Erik Bleich,. "From international ideas to domestic policies: Educational multiculturalism in England and France." Comparative Politics (1998): 81–100 online.
- Jeremy Jennings, "Citizenship, Republicanism and Multiculturalism in Contemporary France," British Journal of Political Science (2000) 30#4 575–597.
- Jennifer A. Selby, "Islam in France reconfigured: Republican Islam in the 2010 Gerin report." Journal of Muslim Minority Affairs 31.3 (2011): 383–398.
- Murat Akan, "Laïcité and multiculturalism: the Stasi Report in context," British Journal of Sociology (2009) 60#2 pp 237–256 online.
- ^ "Merkel says German multicultural society has failed". BBC News. 17 October 2010.
- Furlong, Ray (30 November 2004). "Germans argue over integration". BBC. Retrieved 18 October 2010.
- "Germany's charged immigration debate". BBC News. 17 October 2010.
- "Rauf Ceylan: Muslims in Germany: Religious and Political Challenges and Perspectives in the Diaspora,
- "Multiculturalism is a sham, says Angela Merkel". The Washington Post. 14 December 2015. Retrieved 24 February 2019.
- "Muslims in Germany have rights and obligations". 18 June 2013. Retrieved 7 June 2014.
- Sarah Krouse, "Piping Hot Gromperekichelcher, Only if You Pass the Sproochentest." WALL STREET JOURNAL, 19 January 2018, p.1
- "La progression de la population du Grand-Duché continue: 537 039 résidants au 1er janvier 2013." Statnews 16/2013, op statec.lu, 18 April 2013. (in French).
- ^ "Luxembourg, an ever-growing multicultural population". JUST ARRIVED. Retrieved 22 July 2018.
- "The Trilingual Education system in Luxembourg". unavarra.es. Retrieved 22 July 2018.
- "Conventions – Luxembourg". UNESCO. Retrieved 22 July 2018.
- ^ Susanne Wessendorf (2010). The multiculturalism backlash: European discourses, policies and practices. Taylor & Francis. pp. 73–75. ISBN 978-0-415-55649-1.
- ^ iStockphoto, Illustrasjonsfoto (28 March 2017). "Likestillingsidealer gjør muslimske kvinner mer religiøse". Kilden (in Norwegian Bokmål). Retrieved 24 February 2019.
- Damhuis, Koen (2019). ""The biggest problem in the Netherlands": Understanding the Party for Freedom's politicization of Islam". Brookings. Retrieved 28 February 2021.
- Tariq Modood; Anna Triandafyllidou; Ricard Zapata-Barrero (6 April 2006). Multiculturalism, Muslims and citizenship: a European approach. Routledge. p. 27. ISBN 978-0-415-35515-5.
- "Multiculturalism: What does it mean?". BBC News Online. 7 February 2011.
- "Donner: Afscheid van multiculturele samenleving Nederland". Elsevier. 16 June 2011. Archived from the original on 29 November 2011.
- "Imigrantii in Romania nu se bucura de drepturile care li s-ar cuveni". Ziare.com. Retrieved 8 October 2013.
- "Le Monde: Romania, noua destinatie a imigrantilor". Ziare.com. 13 July 2009. Retrieved 8 October 2013.
- Vuosaari – Uutta Helsinkiä Archived 6 June 2020 at the Wayback Machine (in Finnish)
- Asukkaat ja kuvasarja kertoo, millainen on Vuosaari – Professori: "Vuosaari on maahanmuuton tienraivaaja" Archived 6 June 2020 at the Wayback Machine (in Finnish)
- ^ "Multikulturalisme i Skandinavia". kjonnsforskning.no (sub-unit of the Research Council of Norway) (in Norwegian Bokmål). 30 May 2006. Retrieved 24 February 2019.
- Harmon, Nikolaj A. (October 2018). "Immigration, Ethnic Diversity, and Political Outcomes: Evidence from Denmark" (PDF). The Scandinavian Journal of Economics. 120 (4): 1043–1074. doi:10.1111/sjoe.12239. S2CID 54936991.
- "Opråb fra ministre: Problemer med integration af børn af ikkevestlige indvandrere". Berlingske.dk (in Danish). 16 December 2018. Retrieved 29 January 2019.
Danmarks integrationspolitik har i årtier været bygget op om troen på, at med den rette hjælp vil indvandrere og deres efterkommerne generation for generation falde til. En ny undersøgelse rammer en pæl gennem den forestilling. Den fastslår, at tredjegenerationsindvandrerne ikke får bedre karakterer i folkeskolen end generationen før dem. At der ikke er flere, som færdiggør en ungdomsuddannelse. Og at der ikke er flere, som får et arbejde. Det fremgår af »Analyse af børn af efterkommere med ikke-vestlig baggrund«, som er udarbejdet af Integrationsministeriet og Undervisningsministeriet. Den kortlægger for første gang, hvordan tredjegenerationsindvandrerne klarer sig på centrale parametre. // »Vi ved fra forskningen, at børn, som taler dansk i hjemmet, klarer sig bedre i skolen. Men mange gifter sig med én, som kommer direkte fra hjemlandet. Det vil sige, at integrationen starter forfra i hver generation,« siger Merete Riisager.
- "Tredjegenerationsindvandrere klarer sig ikke bedre end anden generation – Udlændinge- og Integrationsministeriet". uim.dk. Archived from the original on 19 October 2019. Retrieved 19 October 2019.
- "09623: Educational attainment of immigrants, by country background (Single country) 2004 – 2020".
- "Lov om utlendingers adgang til riket og deres opphold her (utlendingsloven) – Lovdata". lovdata.no (in Norwegian). Retrieved 2 March 2018.
- "Innvandrere og norskfødte med innvandrerforeldre". ssb.no (in Norwegian Bokmål). Retrieved 2 March 2018.
- Garvik, Olav (2017). "Asylsituasjonen i Norge 2015 og 2016". Store Norske Leksikon.
- Amundsen, Bård (23 December 2016). "Fra 30 000 til 3000 asylsøkere, hva har skjedd?". Forskning.no.
- "EU-Turkey Statement 2016" (PDF).
- Radio, Sveriges (14 September 2019). "Norska IS-resenärer förlorar uppehållstillstånd – Nyheter (Ekot)". Sveriges Radio (in Swedish). Retrieved 15 September 2019.
- The Progress Party's politics (In Norwegian) From the official website of the Progress Party (23 November 2014)
- "Prime minister: Norway still 'an open society' despite 'the horror'" CNN, 25 July 2011
- ^ Mångfaldsbarometern 2014 (PDF). Gävle University College. October 2014. p. 57. Archived from the original (PDF) on 21 June 2016.
- "Dags att begrava det multikulturella projektet" (in Swedish). Dagens sahmälle. 17 February 2017. Retrieved 13 February 2021.
- Wickström, Mats (2015). The multicultural moment: the history of the idea and politics of multiculturalism in Sweden in comparative, transnational and biographical context, 1964–1975. Åbo Akademi. ISBN 978-952-12-3133-9.
- TT. "Svenskar vill ha inhägnat boende | SvD". SvD.se (in Swedish). Archived from the original on 22 March 2016. Retrieved 14 July 2018.
- Mångfaldsbarometern 2014 (PDF). Gävle University College. October 2014. pp. 7–8. Archived from the original (PDF) on 21 June 2016.
- McShane, Karl (2017). "Getting used to diversity? Immigration and trust in Sweden". Economics Bulletin. 37 (3): 16. Retrieved 2 January 2018.
- McShane, Karl (31 August 2017). "Getting Used to Diversity? Immigration and Trust in Sweden" (PDF). Economics Bulletin. 37 (3): 12. Retrieved 8 April 2018.
- Gojkovic N. System of minorities’ protection in Serbia Konrad Adenauer Foundation
- "Покрајинска влада". vojvodina.gov.rs.
- "Autonomous Province of Vojvodina". vojvodina.gov.rs.
- "Error". vip.org.rs. Archived from the original on 27 December 2008.
- "Beogradski centar za ljudska prava". bgcentar.org.rs. Belgrade Centre for Human Rights. 29 March 2015.
- "Chinese Migrants Use Serbia as Gate to Europe". ABC News.
- "I Kinezi napuštaju Srbiju". NOVOSTI.
- "Promotion of Multiculturalism and Tolerance". puma.vojvodina.gov.rs. 26 July 2015.
- Terry Wotherspoon (1995). Multicultural education in a changing global economy: Canada and the Netherlands. Waxmann Verlag. p. 1. ISBN 978-3-89325-331-9.
- Sylvia Hadjetian (April 2008). Multiculturalism and Magic Realism? Between Fiction and Reality. GRIN Verlag. p. 31. ISBN 978-3-638-93283-7.
- "State multiculturalism has failed, says David Cameron". BBC News Online. 5 February 2011.
- Erel, Umut; Murji, Karim; Nahaboo, Zaki (13 May 2016). "Understanding the contemporary race–migration nexus". Ethnic and Racial Studies. 39 (8): 1353. doi:10.1080/01419870.2016.1161808.
- Lentin, Alana; Titley, Gavan (2011). The Crisis of Multiculturalism: Racism in a Neoliberal Age. London; New York: Zed Books. ISBN 978-1848135819.
- "Language in India". Retrieved 29 January 2012.
- Mohammada, Malika (2007). The foundations of the composite culture in India. Aakar Books, 2007. ISBN 9788189833183.
- "India – Caste". Encyclopædia Britannica Online.
- "Indian Census". Censusindia.gov.in. Archived from the original on 11 May 2008. Retrieved 10 December 2010.
- "Hindi, not a national language: Court". The Hindu. 25 January 2010. Retrieved 22 October 2017 – via thehindu.com.
- "There's no national language in India: Gujarat High Court – Times of India". The Times of India. 25 January 2010. Retrieved 22 October 2017.
- Nussbaum, Martha (2009). The Clash Within: Democracy, Religious Violence, and India's Future. Harvard University Press. p. 1. ISBN 978-0-674-04156-1.
- "Sachar Committee Report" (PDF). (Cabinet Secretariat, Govt. of India). November 2006. pp. 9–25. Archived from the original (PDF) on 21 October 2012. Retrieved 18 August 2012.
- Singh, Deepti; Goli, Srinivas (2011). "Exploring the Concept of Mixed Marriages in Indian and selected states: First time evidences from large scale survey". Princeton University. Archived from the original on 16 May 2016.
- ^ Pande, Rohini (September 2003). "Can Mandated Political Representation Increase Policy Influence for Disadvantaged Minorities? Theory and Evidence from India". The American Economic Review. 93 (4): 1132–1151. doi:10.1257/000282803769206232. JSTOR 3132282.
- Datta, Rekha (Summer 1999). "Hindu Nationalism or Pregmatic Party Politics? A Study of India's Hindu Party". International Journal of Politics, Culture, and Society. 12 (4): 573–588. doi:10.1023/A:1025938125870. JSTOR 20019991. S2CID 141252957.
- Clarke, Sathianathan (April 2002). "Hindutva, Religious and Ethnocultural Minorities, and Indian-Christian Theology". The Harvard Theological Review. 95 (2): 197–226. doi:10.1017/S0017816002000123 (inactive 1 November 2024). JSTOR 4150720. S2CID 162722809.
{{cite journal}}
: CS1 maint: DOI inactive as of November 2024 (link) - Sheth, D.L. (2018). At Home with Democracy. Palgrave Macmillan. ISBN 978-981-10-6412-8.
- Basavaraju, C. (Summer 2009). "Reservation Under the Constitution of India: Issues and Perspectives". Journal of the Indian Law Institute. 51 (2): 267–274. JSTOR 43953443.
- Kuoni – Far East, A world of difference. p. 88. Published 1999 by Kuoni Travel & JPM Publications
- "Mengulik Data Suku di Indonesia". Badan Pusat Statistik. 18 November 2015. Retrieved 12 February 2020.
- "Pribumi". Encyclopedia of Modern Asia. Macmillan Reference USA. Archived from the original on 8 July 2011. Retrieved 5 October 2006.
- ^ Suryadinata, Leo; Arifin, Evi Nurvidya; Ananta, Aris (2003). Indonesia's Population: Ethnicity and Religion in a Changing Political Landscape. Institute of Southeast Asian Studies. ISBN 978-981-230-212-0.
- "Ethnologue report for Indonesia". Ethnologue.com. Retrieved 10 December 2010.
- "The Geography of Indonesia". Indonesia.go.id. Archived from the original on 3 January 2013. Retrieved 4 August 2014.
- "Indonesia: The Violence in Central Kalimantan (Borneo)". Human Rights Watch. 28 February 2001. Retrieved 13 August 2008.
- "Indonesia flashpoints: Kalimantan". BBC. 28 June 2004. Retrieved 13 August 2008.
- "Indonesia flashpoints: Sulawesi". BBC News. 28 June 2004. Retrieved 13 October 2012.
- Elegant, Simon (17 December 2001). "Indonesia's Dirty Little Holy War". Time. Archived from the original on 23 April 2010. Retrieved 31 March 2011.
- ^ "Jakarta's violent identity crisis: behind the vilification of Chinese-Indonesians". The Guardian. 25 November 2016. Archived from the original on 13 February 2022. Retrieved 13 February 2022.
- Tan 2008, p. 24. sfn error: no target: CITEREFTan2008 (help)
- Setiono 2003, p. 1099. sfn error: no target: CITEREFSetiono2003 (help)
- "In Indonesia, Chinese Deity Is Covered in Sheet After Muslims Protest". The New York Times. 10 August 2017. ISSN 0362-4331.
- "In Indonesia, Fears Rise Among Ethnic Chinese Amid Blasphemy Probe". Wall Street Journal. 26 November 2016. ISSN 0099-9660. Archived from the original on 13 February 2022. Retrieved 13 February 2022.
- "30m Chinese idol covered in sheet after Muslim protest". ABC News. 11 August 2017.
- Marmontova, T.V. (18 June 2014). "Interethnic relations in the Republic of Kazakhstan in the light of multicultural theories". e-history.kz.
- "Kazakhstan –The Heaven of interfaith and interethnic harmony". Dispatch News Desk. 10 December 2014.
- "Kazakhstan's unique Assembly of People maintains ethnic harmony". UPI.
- Michel, Casey (14 July 2017). "The Reality of Religious Freedom in Kazakhstan". The Diplomat.
- "2020 Report on International Religious Freedom: Kazakhstan". United States Department of State. 12 May 2021.
- "Kazakhstan Targets Beards, Pants In Fight Against 'Destructive Religious Movements'". RadioFreeEurope/RadioLiberty. 4 February 2018.
- Human Rights Watch (3 December 2020), Kazakhstan: Events of 2020, retrieved 13 February 2022
- Felix Corley (15 April 2021). "KAZAKHSTAN: Targeting ethnic Dungan Koran teachers". Forum 18.
- "Dungan Incident Just Kazakhstan's Latest Interethnic Violence". RadioFreeEurope/RadioLiberty. 10 February 2020.
- "For Kazakhstan's LGBT Community, A Struggle For Recognition And Rights". NPR. 21 August 2015.
- "A Climate of Fear for LGBT People in Kazakhstan". Human Rights Watch. 23 July 2015.
- Malaysia fury at EU envoy remarks, BBC News
- Treena Becker (16 August 2016). "Racism drove me from Malaysia. Love brought me to America". The Guardian. Archived from the original on 13 February 2022. Retrieved 13 February 2022.
- "Honey, I shrunk the Chinese!". CPI. 9 December 2009. Archived from the original on 25 May 2012.
- (n.d.) In Housing Development Boards of Singapore website. Retrieved: 18 November 2010 from Policy Changes To Support An Inclusive And Cohesive Home Archived 29 May 2010 at the Wayback Machine.
- Goh, Parliamentary Elections (Amendment) Bill, cols. 180–183; Edwin Lee (2008), Singapore: The Unexpected Nation, Singapore: Institute of Southeast Asian Studies, p. 499, ISBN 978-981-230-796-5.
- Lim Kim San: a builder of Singapore. Singapore: Institute of Southeast Asian Studies. 2009. ISBN 978-9812309280.
- "Ethnic Integration Policy and SPR Quota – Housing & Development Board (HDB)". Housing and Development Board (HDB). Retrieved 11 June 2022.
- Kaur, Tarra (23 March 2018). "11 Things You Should Know About Singaporean Culture". theculturetrip.com. Culture Trip. Retrieved 11 June 2022.
- "Korea's ethnic nationalism is a source of both pride and prejudice, according to Gi-Wook Shin Archived 20 July 2011 at the Wayback Machine". The Korea Herald. 2 August 2006.
- "The Life Instability of Intermarried Japanese Women in Korea" (1999), Eung-Ryul Kim (Korea University and University of Southern California, The Center for Multiethnic and Transnational Studies)
- Chung, Erin Aeran (2020). Immigration Incorporation in East Asian Democracies. Cambridge University Press.
- Han, Geon-Soo (December 2007). "Multicultural Korea: Celebration or Challenge of Multiethnic Shift in Contemporary Korea?". Korea Journal. 47 (4): 32–31. doi:10.25024/KJ.2007.47.4.32. S2CID 151038291.
- Stephen Castles, "Will Labour Migration lead to a Multicultural Society in Korea?", Global Human Resources Forum 2007 / International Migration Institute Archived 25 July 2011 at the Wayback Machine
- "Multiculturalism Likely to Prevail in Korea", Lee Hyo-sik, Korea Times, 24 December 2009
- Underwood, Peter (26 August 2010). "Multiculturalism in Korea". JoongAng Ilbo. South Korea. Archived from the original on 2 September 2010. Retrieved 2 September 2010.
{{cite web}}
: CS1 maint: unfit URL (link) - Palmer, James; Park, Ga-Yong (26 July 2018). "South Koreans Learn to Love the Other: How to manufacture multiculturalism". Foreign Policy. Retrieved 3 December 2019.
- Denney, Steven (28 October 2016). "South Korean Identity: The Return of Ethnic Exclusivism". Sino-NK. Retrieved 4 December 2019.
- Rauf, Imam Feisal Abdul (2005). "MULTICULTURALISMS: Western, Muslim and Future". CrossCurrents. 55 (1): 100–105. JSTOR 24461190.
- Kaya, Ayhan (2013). "Multiculturalism and Minorities in Turkey". Challenging Multiculturalism. European Models of Diversity. Edinburgh University Press. pp. 297–316. ISBN 978-0-7486-6457-3. JSTOR 10.3366/j.ctt20q22fw.20.
- "The World Factbook – Central Intelligence Agency". cia.gov. Retrieved 26 July 2018.
- ^ Mbenda, Huguette Gaelle Ngassa; Awasthi, Gauri; Singh, Poonam K; Gouado, Inocent; Das, Aparup (September 2014). "Does malaria epidemiology project Cameroon as 'Africa in miniature'?". Journal of Biosciences. 39 (4): 727–738. doi:10.1007/s12038-014-9451-y. PMID 25116627. S2CID 17219470.
- "World Population Prospects – Population Division – United Nations". esa.un.org. Archived from the original on 19 September 2016. Retrieved 26 July 2018.
- Asanga Fon, Nguh Nwei (October 2017). Can Bilingualism Survive in Cameroon?. The Future of Humanities, Education and Creative Industries. pp. 260–275.
- "Cameroon: Africa in Miniature – In what Sense?". KINGSLEY SHETEH'S BLOG. 13 December 2012. Archived from the original on 26 July 2018. Retrieved 26 July 2018.
- "Cameroon". Ethnologue. Retrieved 26 July 2018.
- "Cameroon | Culture, History, & People". Encyclopedia Britannica. Retrieved 26 July 2018.
- "Cameroon". iwgia.org. Retrieved 26 July 2018.
- Samuel, Nguiffo; Amougou, Victor Amougou; Schwartz, Brendan; Cotula, Lorenzo (December 2017). "Indigenous peoples' land rights in Cameroon: progress to date and possible futures". International Institute for Environment and Development. JSTOR resrep16706.
{{cite journal}}
: Cite journal requires|journal=
(help) - "Declaration on land rights from the Gbabandi Platform, Cameroon | Forest Peoples Programme". forestpeoples.org. Retrieved 26 July 2018.
- Françoise Lionnet; Shumei Shi (16 February 2005). Minor transnationalism. Duke University Press. p. 203. ISBN 978-0-8223-3490-3. Retrieved 29 January 2012.
- Ng Tseung-Wong, Caroline; Verkuyten, Maykel (May 2015). "Multiculturalism, Mauritian Style: Cultural Diversity, Belonging, and a Secular State". American Behavioral Scientist. 59 (6): 679–701. doi:10.1177/0002764214566498. hdl:1874/329780. S2CID 144906729.
- "Some facts about Mauritius". Infomauritius.com. Archived from the original on 21 August 2010. Retrieved 10 December 2010.
- Ng, Eddy S.; Bloemraad, Irene (May 2015). "A SWOT Analysis of Multiculturalism in Canada, Europe, Mauritius, and South Korea". American Behavioral Scientist. 59 (6): 619–636. doi:10.1177/0002764214566500. S2CID 147514771.
- "The 10 Most Populated Countries in Africa". WorldAtlas. Retrieved 26 July 2018.
- "Census 2011 Census in Brief" (PDF). 13 May 2015. Archived from the original (PDF) on 13 May 2015. Retrieved 26 July 2018.
- "IMMI.gov.au" (PDF). Archived from the original (PDF) on 9 December 2008. Retrieved 10 December 2010.
- Brian Galligan; John Ravenhill (15 June 1997). New developments in Australian politics. Macmillan Education AU. p. 13. ISBN 978-0-7329-4304-2.
- Wayne A. Cornelius (2004). Controlling immigration: a global perspective. Stanford University Press. p. 143. ISBN 978-0-8047-4490-4.
- "Document Details". Abstract Database. US National Criminal Justice Reference Service. Retrieved 28 April 2010.
- Dunn, Andy (June 2000). "Two-Way Tolerance". Police Journal Online. 81 (6). Archived from the original on 28 September 2009. Retrieved 27 April 2010.
- Chilana, Rajwant Singh (2005). International bibliography of Sikh studies. Springer. p. 444. ISBN 978-1-4020-3043-7.
- A Practical Reference to Religious Diversity for Operational Police (PDF) (1st ed.). National Police Ethnic Advisory Bureau. 1999. Archived from the original (PDF) on 16 March 2003.
- A Practical Reference to Religious Diversity for Operational Police (PDF) (2nd ed.). Australasian Police Multicultural Advisory Bureau. 2002. Archived from the original (PDF) on 19 June 2005.
- White, Rob; Perrone, Santina (2001). "Racism, Ethnicity and Hate Crime" (PDF). Communal/Plural. 9 (2): 161–81. doi:10.1080/13207870120081479. Archived from the original (PDF) on 5 July 2010. Retrieved 18 August 2012.
- Ann Curthoys (2007). "The Volatility of Racism in Australia". In Katharine Gelber; Adrienne Stone (eds.). Hate Speech and Freedom of Speech in Australia. Federation Press. pp. 20–33. ISBN 9781862876538.
- Sawrikar, Pooja; Katz, Ilan (2009). "How useful is the term 'culturally and linguistically diverse' (CALD) in Australian research and policy discourse?". hdl:10707/20945.
{{cite journal}}
: Cite journal requires|journal=
(help) - "What is CALD? – Culturally and Linguistically Diverse (2020 Edition)". EthnoLink. 19 February 2019. Retrieved 30 August 2020.
- Jeon, Yun-Hee; Chenoweth, Lynn (January 2007). "Working With a Culturally and Linguistically Diverse (CALD) Group of Nurses". Collegian. 14 (1): 16–22. doi:10.1016/s1322-7696(08)60543-0. hdl:10453/5895. PMID 17294682.
- Socidad Peruana de Medicina Intensiva (SOPEMI) (2000). Trends in international migration: continuous reporting system on migration. Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development. pp. 276–278.
- Taonga, New Zealand Ministry for Culture and Heritage Te Manatu. "History of immigration – Te Ara Encyclopedia of New Zealand". teara.govt.nz. Retrieved 16 July 2018.
- Phillips, Jock (11 August 2015). "History of immigration". Te Ara: The Encyclopedia of New Zealand. Retrieved 2 June 2017.
- Taonga, New Zealand Ministry for Culture and Heritage Te Manatu. "13. – The New Zealanders – Te Ara Encyclopedia of New Zealand". teara.govt.nz. Retrieved 16 July 2018.
- ^ "New Zealand | Multiculturalism Policies in Contemporary Democracies". queensu.ca. Retrieved 16 July 2018.
- "Waitangi Tribunal claim – Māori Language Week". Ministry for Culture and Heritage. July 2010. Retrieved 19 January 2011.
- @Zagzigger2, John Drinnan John Drinnan is the Media writer for the New Zealand Herald jdrinnan@xtra co nz (7 July 2016). "John Drinnan: 'Maori' will remain in the name Maori Television". NZ Herald. ISSN 1170-0777. Retrieved 16 July 2018.
{{cite news}}
: CS1 maint: numeric names: authors list (link) - "Language | Stats NZ". stats.govt.nz. Retrieved 16 July 2018.
- Fearon, James D. (1 June 2003). "Ethnic and Cultural Diversity by Country". Journal of Economic Growth. 8 (2): 195–222. doi:10.1023/A:1024419522867. S2CID 152680631.
- "World Population Prospects - Population Division - United Nations". esa.un.org. Archived from the original on 19 September 2016. Retrieved 6 July 2018.
- "Papua New Guinea". Ethnologue. Retrieved 6 July 2018.
- "Papua New Guinea | Culture, History, & People". Encyclopedia Britannica. Retrieved 11 July 2018.
- "Papua New Guinea". UNESCO World Heritage Centre. Retrieved 28 July 2018.
Further reading
- Barry Brian (30 October 2002). Culture and Equality: An Egalitarian Critique of Multiculturalism. Harvard University Press. ISBN 978-0-674-01001-7.
- Baumann, Gerd (22 March 1999). The Multicultural Riddle: Rethinking National, Ethnic, and Religious Identities. Psychology Press. ISBN 978-0-415-92213-5.
- Bennett, David (10 November 1998). Multicultural States: Rethinking Difference and Identity. Psychology Press. ISBN 978-0-415-12159-0.
- Barzilai, Gad (9 February 2005). Communities And Law: Politics And Cultures of Legal Identities. University of Michigan Press. ISBN 978-0-472-03079-8.
- Caravantes, Ernesto (30 June 2010). From melting pot to witch's cauldron: how multiculturalism failed America. Government Institutes. ISBN 978-0-7618-5056-4.
- Eriksen, Jens-Martin and Stjernfelt, Frederik (2012). The democratic contradictions of multiculturalism. Telos Press. ISBN 978-0914386469.
{{cite book}}
: CS1 maint: multiple names: authors list (link) - Fillion, Réal Robert (2008). Multicultural dynamics and the ends of history: exploring Kant, Hegel, and Marx. University of Ottawa Press. ISBN 978-0-7766-0670-5.
- Fortier, Anne-Marie (2 April 2008). Multicultural Horizons: Diversity and the Limits of the Civil Nation. Taylor & Francis. ISBN 978-0-415-39608-0.
- Goldber, David Theo (1994). Multiculturalism: A Critical Reader. Blackwell Publishers. ISBN 978-0-631-18912-1.
- Gordon, Avery & Newfield, Christopher (1996). Mapping Multiculturalism. University of Minnesota Press. ISBN 978-0-8166-2547-5.
- Gottfried, Paul (January 2004). Multiculturalism and the Politics of Guilt: Toward a Secular Theocracy. University of Missouri Press. ISBN 978-0-8262-1520-8.
- Icart, Jean-Claude (2007). "Racism in Canada" in Across Cultures Montreal: National Film Board of Canada.
- International Progress Organization & UNESCO (1978). Cultural self-comprehension of nations. International Progress Organization. ISBN 978-3-7711-0311-8.
- Hesse, Barnor (2000). Un/settled Multiculturalisms: Diasporas, Entanglements, "transruptions". Zed Books. ISBN 978-1-85649-560-8.
- Kymlicka, Will (1 June 1995). Multicultural Citizenship: A Liberal Theory of Minority Rights. Oxford University Press. ISBN 978-0-19-152097-6.)
- Kymlicka, Will (8 December 2005). Multiculturalism in Asia. Oxford University Press. (ISBN 019927763X)
- Ley, David "multiculturalism" in Gregory, Derek (ed.) (2009) The Dictionary of Human Geography (5th ed.) Blackwell Publishers.
- Mendola, Louis; Alio, Jacqueline (2013). The Peoples of Sicily: A Multicultural Legacy. Trinacria. ISBN 978-0-615-79694-9.
- Modood, Tariq & Werbner, Phina (15 October 1997). The Politics of Multiculturalism in the New Europe: Racism, Identity, and Community. Palgrave Macmillan. ISBN 978-1-85649-422-9.
- Okin, Susan Moller (9 August 1999). Is Multiculturalism Bad for Women?. Princeton University Press. ISBN 978-1-4008-4099-1.
- Parekh, Bhikhu C. (2002). Rethinking Multiculturalism: Cultural Diversity and Political Theory. Harvard University Press. ISBN 978-0-674-00995-0.
- Putnam, Robert D. (June 2007). "E Pluribus Unum: Diversity and community in the twenty-first century". Scandinavian Political Studies. 30 (2): 137–174. doi:10.1111/j.1467-9477.2007.00176.x. S2CID 14234366. The 2006 Johan Skytte Prize Lecture.
- Russon, John (2003). Human experience philosophy, neurosis, and the elements of everyday life. Albany: State University of New York Press. ISBN 9780791486757.
- Sailer, Steve (15 January 2007). "Fragmented future". The American Conservative. Jon Basil Utley. Archived from the original on 4 June 2011. Retrieved 19 November 2009.
- Taylor, Charles (20 December 2011). Multiculturalism (Expanded Paperback ed.). Princeton University Press. ISBN 978-1-4008-2140-2..
- Tremblay, Arjun (2019). Diversity in Decline: The rise of the political right and the Fate of Multiculturalism. Palgrave Macmillan. ISBN 978-3-030-02299-0.
- Žižek, Slavoj (September–October 1997). "Multiculturalism, or, the cultural logic of multinational capitalism". New Left Review. I (225): 28–51.
External links
- Multiculturalism In Modern Discourse Archived 9 May 2019 at the Wayback Machine
- Multiculturalism – Internet Encyclopedia of Philosophy
- Multiculturalism – Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy
- Multiculturalism in Canada debated – CBC video archives (14 September 2004 – 42:35 min)
- Canadian Multiculturalism Act
Multiculturalism (cultural mosaic) | |
---|---|
Criticism | |
By country | |
Related concepts |